Home

Service Manual

1. 6 51 Edge AberratlOns toe ERR Re 6 52 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification sss eee 6 96 viii Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Time Marker Specifications Wave Generator Verification at 1 Wave Generator Verification at 50 Q Contents continued 5520A Service Manual List of Figures 5520A Multi Product Calibrator eese eerte nnnnrens RS 232 Remote Connections etre inai eed oe dde 5520A Calibrator Dimensional Quitlifie iue carri tt e t toan titt eaae 1 6 Allowable Duration of Current gt 11 A 1 10 55204 Internal pne Synthesized Resistance Function 0 eee eeseesseceseceseceseceeeeeseeeseeeseeseneeeaeeeaeeeaaeenaes Synthesized Capacitance Function rennen Current Function AUX Out Ranges sese eee Voltage PUNCHOM sss dmm Connections for Calibrating DC Volts up to 30 N sees sees eee Connections for Calibrating DC Volts 30 V and Above esses Connections for Calibrating AC Volts sss eee eee eee eee Connections for Calibrating Thermocouple Sourcing esses Connections
2. OMO35f eps Figure 6 26 Connecting the HP 437B Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Sensor 200 noce mo yg036f eps Figure 6 27 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor SC300 Option 6 Verification 6 130 Low Frequency Verification This procedure provides an example of testing low frequency flatness using a 5 5 V output Follow the same procedure for testing other amplitudes only compare results against the flatness specification listed in Table 6 55 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 500 kHz Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize The 5790A should display approximately 1 94 V rms Enter the 5790A reading in Column A of Table 6 55 3 Enter 50 kHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then enter the 5790A reading in Column B of Table 6 55 4 Enter the next frequency listed in Table 6 55 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then enter the reading into Column A of the table 5 Enter 50 kHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then enter the 5790A reading in Column B of Table 6 55 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for a
3. 3 28 Range Output Current Lower Limit Upper Limit 1 09999 uF 0 70000 uF 100 Hz 0 69767 uF 0 70233 uF 1 09999 uF 1 09000 uF 100 Hz 1 09307 uF 3 29999 uF 2 00000 uF 100 Hz 1 99320 uF 2 00680 uF 3 29999 uF 3 00000 uF 100 Hz 2 99130 uF 3 00870 uF 10 9999 uF 7 0000 uF 100 6 9767 uF 7 0233 uF 10 9999 uF 10 9000 uF 100 10 8693 uF 10 9307 uF 32 9999 uF 20 0000 uF 100 19 9100 uF 20 0900 uF 32 9999 uF 30 0000 uF 100 Hz 30 1200 uF 109 999 uF 70 000 uF 50 Hz 70 338 uF 109 999 uF 109 000 uF 50 Hz 109 471 uF 329 999 uF 200 000 uF 54 uA dc 199 020 uF 200 980 uF 329 999 uF 300 000 uF 80 uA dc 298 680 uF 301 320 uF 1 09999 mF 0 33000 mF 90 uA dc 0 32788 mF 0 33212 mF 1 09999 mF 0 70000 mF 180 dc 0 69662 mF 0 70338 mF 1 09999 mF 1 09000 mF 270 pA dc 1 09471 mF 32999 mF 11000mF 270 pA dc 1 1067 mF 3 2999 mF 2 0000 mF 540 dc 2 0098 mF 3 2999 mF 3 0000 mF 800 dc 3 0132 mF 10 9999 mF 3 3000 mF 900 dc 3 3212 mF 10 9999 mF 10 9000 mF 2 7 mA dc 10 8529 mF 10 9471 mF 32 9999 mF 20 0000 mF 5 4 mA dc 19 8300 mF 20 1700 mF 32 9999 mF 30 0000 mF 8 0 mA dc 29 7600 mF 30 2400 mF 110 000 mF 33 000 mF 9 0 mA dc 32 570 mF 33 430 mF 110 000mF 110 000 me 27 0 mA dc 108 800 mF 111 200 mF 3 27 200 uF to 110 mF Capacitance Verification The 5520A calibrator can source capacitance values muc
4. Verification Table 6 48 Edge Amplification Verification age Toman Output Correction B 100 mV 1 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0022 1 00V 1 kHz 1V dc 0 0202 5 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0003 10 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0004 25 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0007 50 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0012 100 mV 10 1 dC 0 0022 500 mV 10 kHz 1 Vdc 0 0102 1 00 V 10 kHz 1Vadc 0 0202 2 5 V 10 kHz 10V dc 0 0502 6 120 Edge Frequency Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 21 for proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify Edge frequency 1 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 O impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 5 V at each frequency listed in Table 6 49 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 49 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 49 Ta
5. Verifying Phase Accuracy Volts and Verifying Frequency Accuracy oe ee eee 3 1 5520A Service Manual 3 2 Calibration and Verification 3 Introduction 3 1 Introduction You should recalibrate at the end of either a 90 day or 1 year calibration interval If you recalibrate every 90 days use the 90 day specifications which provide higher performance Use the Verification procedure or any part thereof any time you need to verify that the Calibrator is meeting its specifications Fluke recommends that you return the 5520A to Fluke for calibration and verification The Fluke Service Center uses a software controlled verification process and provides a detailed test report including traceability to national standards If you plan to calibrate or verify the 5520A at your site use this chapter as a guide The procedures in this chapter are manual versions of the software controlled process used at the Fluke Service Center Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification The equipment listed in Table 3 1 is required to calibrate and verify performance of the 5520A If a specified instrument is not available you can substitute an instrument that has the same or better performance Table 3 1 Consolidated List of Required Equipment for Calibration and Verification Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment Purpose Fluke 5500A LEADS Test lead set A
6. High Tektronix 11801 with Frequency 12 5 GHz Frequency Tektronix SD 22 26 Digital Storage sampling head or Oscilloscope Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth Resolution 4 5 mV to 2 75 V Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA 10 dB 3 5 mm m f or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent Adapter BNC f to 3 5 mm m BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration and Verification AC Fluke 5790A Range 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Measurement Standard Frequency 50 kHz Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 DC and AC Voltage Calibration and Verification DC Voltage Verification Digital HP 3458A Multimeter Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 6 15 5520A Service Manual Table 6 15 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Pulse Width Calibration and Verification High Frequency Digital Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD Storage Oscilloscope 22 26 sampling head Attenuator 3 dB 3 5 mm m f Adapter 2 BNC f to 3 5 mm m BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Frequency PM 6680 with option PM 9621 PM 9624 50 kHz to 600 MHz lt 0 15 ppm Counter or PM 9625 and PM 9690 or PM 9691 uncertainty Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f
7. Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function esses Equipment Setup Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Equipment Setup Adjusting the Edge Aberrations 96600 Option 6 Introduction 6 7 6 2 Introduction This chapter contains the following information and service procedures for the SC600 Oscilloscope Calibration Option functions e Specifications e Theory of Operation e Calibration Procedures e Verification Procedures e Hardware Adjustments made after Repair The calibration and verification procedures provide traceable results for all of the SC600 functions as long as they are performed using the recommended equipment All of the required equipment along with the minimum specifications is provided in Table 6 15 under Equipment Requirements for Calibration and Verification The calibration and verification procedures in this chapter are not the ones Fluke uses at the factory These procedures have been developed to provide you with the ability to calibrate and verify the SC600 at your own site if necessary You should review all of the procedures in advance to make sure you have the resources to complete them It is strongly recommended that if possible you return your unit
8. yg125f eps Figure 6 24 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave harmonics 1 Using the BNC cable and BNC f to Type N m adapter connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP 8590A 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to 5 5 V p p at each frequency listed in Table 6 54 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 5520A Service Manual 3 Set HP 8590A start frequency to the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency Set HP 8590A stop frequency to 10 times the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency Set the HP 8590A reference level at 19 dBm Record the harmonic level reading for each frequency and harmonic listed in Table 6 54 For harmonics 3 4 and 5 record the highest harmonic level of the three measured Harmonics should be below the levels listed in the tolerance column of Table 6 54 Table 6 54 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Calibrator Mainframe Output Frequency Harmonic HP 8590A Reading dB Tolerance 5 5 V p p 50 kHz 2 33 dB 50 kHz 8 4 5 38 dB 100 kHz 2 33 dB 100 kHz 8 4 5 38 dB 200 kHz 2 33 dB 200 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 400 kHz 2 33 dB 400 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 800 kHz 2 33 dB 800 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 1 M
9. e 6 96 Leveled Sine Wave Mode sss 6 97 Time Marker Mode esee 6 98 Wave Generator Mode sese 6 99 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 6 100 SC300 Calibration Setup sss sese eee eee ee eee eee ee 6 101 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions 6 102 Overview of HP3458A Operation essen 6 103 Setup for Square Wave Measurements sese eee eee eee ee eee eee 6 104 DC Voltage Calibration 6 105 AC Square Wave Voltage Calibration eese 6 106 Edge Amplitude Calibration eene 6 107 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration sess 6 108 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration esses 6 109 Low Frequency Calibration eene 6 110 High Frequency Calibration eene 6 111 Verification i reete eh 6 112 DC Voltage Verification nene eene 6 113 Verification at 1 MO nennen rene 6 114 Verification at 50 Q sisse ener 6 115 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification ce sees eee 6 116 Verification at 1 La 6 117 Verification at 5 6 118 AC Voltage Frequency Verification esee 6 119 Edge Amplitude Verification
10. eee 6 120 Edge Frequency Verification eese 6 121 Edge Duty Cycle Verification eee 6 122 Edge Rise Time Verification esee 6 123 Edge Abberation Verification 6 124 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification esses 6 125 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification esses 6 126 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification esee 6 127 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification eese 6 128 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness 6 129 Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness 6 130 Low Frequency Verification sese eee eee 6 131 High Frequency Y ennicaioOn esse esse ee eee eee eee 6 132 Time Marker Verification sese 6 133 Wave Generator Verification essere rennen 6 134 Verification at 1 La 6 135 Verification at T sire ped eter iere dear ids 6 136 SC300 Hardware Adjustments eese 6 137 Equipment Required rene 6 138 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function esses 6 139 Equipment HE 6 140 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 141 Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function 6 142 Equipment Setup 1 1 ette rte Hle ra ee Re Fede era o pec 6 143 A
11. 15ns 7 mV 0 796 6 56 Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode Edge Proceed with the following steps 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Refer to Figure 6 2 for the proper setup connections 2 Activate the TD Pulser output by pushing the TDPULSE blue softkey The output should now be at 80 V peak to peak 100 KHz STANDBY 3 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 001 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 00012 for measuring the topline and DELAY to 00007 for measuring the baseline Manually range lock the HP 34584 to the 100 V dc range 4 Change the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency to 10 kHz Push the operate key and use the HP 3458A to measure the topline and baseline 5 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline Record these values in Table 6 28 and compare against the listed tolerance Table 6 28 Tunnel Diode Pulser Amplitude Verification Calibrator HP 3458A Topline Baseline Tolerance Mainframe panne Readin Readin Peak to Peak Edge Output g g g i 80 V 10 kHz 100 V dc 1 6 6 57 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification This procedure uses the foll
12. A6 DDS External Clock In LF PWB i 500 i Time Mark II LF Mux 1 O 1 gt Analog Shaped i 2 us 10 us Time Mark III Pulse Shaped i jM Trigger 1 10 100 1000 20 us 1 us Leveled Sine Wave and Time Mark IV Unleveled HF Mux Leveled Og Og BE o O Opp detect S Pwr Amp HF Mux Leveling Loop gt O Edge Level 10 MHz Clock A4 SC600 Option Oscilloscope Calibrator Trigger BNC 6 14 Figure 6 1 SC600 Block Diagram om031f eps 96600 Option Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 6 6 27 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification Table 6 15 lists the equipment recommended models and minimum specifications required for each calibration and verification procedure Table 6 15 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment Wave Generator and Edge Amplitude Calibration AC Voltage and TD Pulser Verification Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Digital HP 3458A Multimeter Voltage 1 8 mV to 130 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Edge 4 5 mV to 2 75 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Feedthrough 50 Q 1 used with Edge Amplitude Termination Calibration and AC Voltage Verification BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Edge Rise Time and Aberrations Verification
13. DC Voltage Verification Verification at 1 MQ Verification at 50 Q AC Voltage Amplitude Verification sese sese eree Verification at 1 MQ Verification at 50 Q AC Voltage Frequency Verification seen Edge Amplitude Verification Edge Frequency Verification Edge Duty Cycle Verification Edge Rise Time Verification Edge Abberation Verification Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude Verification Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification sss Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification esee Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification sss Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification eese Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness Low Frequency Verification High Frequency Verification Time Marker Verification Wave Generator Verification Verification at 1 MQ Verification at 50 Q Pulse Width Verification Pulse Period Verification MeasZ Resistance Verification MeasZ Capacitance Verification Overload Function Verification SC600 Hardware Adjustments Equipment Required
14. 3 3 mA to 10 Hz to 20 Hz 0 15 42 0 1842 0 05 0 15 5 uA 50 32 999mA 20Hzto45Hz 0 075 2 0 09 2 0 05 0 05 5 uA 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 035 2 0 04 2 0 05 0 07 5 uA 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 065 2 0 08 2 1 5 0 3 5 uA 5 kHzto 10 kHz 0 16 3 0 24 3 1 5 0 7 5 uA E katego 0 32 4 0 44 10 1 04 0 5 pA 33 mA to 10 Hz to 20 Hz 0 15 20 0 18 20 0 05 0 15 50 uA 50 329 99 mA 20 Hz to 45 Hz 0 075 20 0 09 20 0 05 0 05 50 uA 45 Hzto1kHz 055 520 0 04 20 0 05 0 02 50 pA 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 08 50 0 10 50 1 5 0 03 50 uA 5 kHz to 10 kHz 0 16 100 0 2 100 1 5 0 1 50 yA ie kHz to 30 0 324 200 0 4 200 10 0 6 50 uA 0 33 A to 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 15 100 0 18 100 0 2 500 pA 2 5 1 09999 A 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 036 100 0 05 100 0 07 500 uA 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 5 1000 0 6 1000 3 1 500 uA 5 kHzto 10kHz 2 0 5000 2 55000 4 24 500 uA 1 1 A to 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 15 100 10 18 100 0 2 500 uA 2 5 2 99999 A 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 05 4 100 0 06 100 0 07 500 uA 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 54 1000 0 6 1000 3 1 500 uA 5 kHz to 10 kHz 2 0 5000 2 5 5000 4 2 500 uA 3Ato 45 Hz to 100 Hz 0 05 2000 0 06 2000 0 2 3 mA 1 10 9999 A ie kHz to 1 0 08 2000 0 10 2000 0 1 3mA 1kHzto5kHz 2542000 53 0 2000 0 8 3 mA 11A to 45 Hz to 100 Hz 0 15000 0 12 5000 0 2 3 mA 1 20 5A 100 Hz to 1 kHz 0 13 5000 10 15 5000 0 1 3 mA 2 1 kHz to 5 kHz 2 54 5000 9 0 5000 0 8 3 mA output
15. A N SENSE AUX V 50 Feedthrough Termination as required by the BNC F to calibration procedure Double Banana Adapter 6 104 yg122f eps Figure 6 19 Equipment Setup for SC300 Square Wave Measurements For all measurements the HP 3458A is in DCV manual ranging with level triggering enabled A convenient method to make these measurements from the HP 3458A s front panel is to program these settings into several of the user defined keys on its front panel For example to make topline measurements at 1 kHz you would set the DMM to NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 DELAY 0002 TRIG LEVEL To find the average of multiple readings you can program one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value Refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper connections DC Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e 50 Q feedthrough termination as required in the calibration procedure e Shorted Dual Banana Connector e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Note Full calibration of the Voltage Function requires both dc and ac calibration Refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode DC Voltage section Follow these steps to calibrate DC Voltage 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOP
16. Range Output Lower Limit Upper Limit 329 9999 mV 0 0000 mV 0 0010 mV 0 0010 mV 329 9999 mV 329 0000 mV 328 9941 mV 329 0059 mV 329 9999 mV 329 0000 mV 329 0059 mV 328 9941 mV 3 299999 V 0 000000 V 0 000002 V 0 000002 V 3 299999 V 1 000000 V 0 999989 V 1 000011 V 3 299999 V 1 000000 V 1 000011 V 0 999989 V 3 299999 V 3 290000 V 3 289968 V 3 290032 V 3 299999 V 3 290000 V 3 290032 V 3 289968 V 32 99999 V 0 00000 V 0 00002 V 0 00002 V 32 99999 V 10 00000 V 9 99988 V 10 00012 V 32 99999 V 10 00000 V 10 00012 V 9 99989 V 32 99999 V 32 90000 V 32 89965 V 32 90035 V 32 99999 V 32 90000 V 32 90035V 32 89965 V 329 9999 V 50 0000 V 49 9991 V 50 0009 V 329 9999 V 329 0000 V 328 9949 V 329 0051 V 329 9999 V 50 0000 V 50 0009 V 49 9991 V 329 9999 V 329 0000 V 329 0051 V 328 9949 V 1000 000 V 334 000 V 333 993 V 334 007 V 1000 000 V 900 000 V 899 985 V 900 015 V 1000 000 V 1020 000 V 1019 983 V 1020 017 V 1000 000 V 334 000 V 334 007 V 333 993 V 1000 000 V 900 000 V 900 015 V 899 985 V 1000 000 V 1020 000 V 1020 017 V 1019 983 V 3 35 5520A Service Manual 3 20 Verifying DC Volts AUX Output Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 20 using the same equipment and techniques specified previously for calibration Table 3 20 Verification Tests for DC Voltage AUX Output Range Output Lower Limit Upper Limit 329 999 mV 0 000 mV 0 350 mV 0 350 mV 329 99
17. yg058f eps Figure 6 7 Edge Rise Time Verification Setup The Calibrator Mainframe should be in SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Press the softkey under TRIG to select the TRIG 1 External Trigger output Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 250 mV 1 kHz Set the DSO to these parameters Digital Storage Oscilloscope Setup Main Time Base position initial 40 ns Horizontal scale 500 ps div Measurement Function Rise Time 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage and frequency listed in Table 6 26 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Change the vertical scale of the DSO to the value listed in the table Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the edge signal is centered on the display Record the rise time measurement in column A of Table 6 26 3 Correct the rise time measurement by accounting for the SD 22 26 sampling head s rise time The SD 22 26 rise time is specified as lt 28 ps Column B sqrt Column AY SD 22 26 rise time 5520A Service Manual 6 38 4 The edge rise time measured should be less than the time indicated in Table 6 26 Rise time measures between these two points Table 6 26 Edge Rise Time Verification Figure 6 8 Edge Rise Time om033i eps Calibrator Mainframe Output DSO A B Vertical Voltage
18. 20v PK MAX A yg055f eps Figure 6 3 Equipment Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements 6 20 For all measurements the HP 3458A is in DCV manual ranging with level triggering enabled A convenient method to make these measurements from the HP 3458A s front panel is to program these settings into several of the user defined keys on its front panel For example to make topline measurements at 1 KHz you would set the DMM to NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 DELAY 0002 TRIG LEVEL To find the average of multiple readings you can program one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value Refer to Figure 6 3 for the proper connections 96600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 6 33 6 34 DC Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Note Calibrating dc voltage requires ac voltage calibration Refer to Figure 6 3 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode DC Voltage section Then follow these steps to calibrate DC Voltage 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on
19. 5520A Service Manual 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 44 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Allow the HP 3458A reading to stabilize then record the HP 3458A reading for each voltage in Table 6 44 Multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance 1 year spec column Table 6 43 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ DOT 0 10 DIY 0 11 0 17 22 0 mV RUE 22 0 mV 0 15 25 0 mV 25 0 mV 016 45 0 mV ve 45 0 mV 0 21 50 0 mV mm 50 0 mV n 220 0 mV 0 65 220 0 mV 0 65 250 0 mV 250 0 mV m 450 0 mV MET 450 0 mV d 500 0 mV m 500 0 mV m 33v sss oe 8 35 PU ane 10 10 82 60 SUY 82 60 6 84 SC300 Option Verification 6 Table 6 44 DC Voltage Verification at 50 Q om 0 10 0 17 pe ny 0 11 10 0 mV 10 0 mV 0 12 22 0 mV DE 22 0 mV 0 15 25 0 mV 25 0 mV 016 55 0 mV A 55 0 mV as 100 0 mV hne 100 0 mV aue 220 0 mV 0 65 220 0 mV 0 65 250 0 mV m 250 0 mV um 550 0 m
20. All signals for the voltage function are generated from the A6 board and are passed to the A50 board via the SCOPE HV signal line The generated signal ac or dc is then passed from the A50 board to the A90 attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs The signal is then passed to the SCOPE output BNC on the front panel Edge Mode The edge clock originates on the A50 board The signal is then shaped and split to generate the fast edge and external trigger signals The edge signal is passed from the A50 board first to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel Leveled Sine Wave Mode All of the leveled sine wave signals from 50 kHz to 350 MHz are produced on the A50 board The leveled sine wave signal is passed from the A50 board to the on board attenuator assembly The attenuator assembly provides range attenuation and also contains a power detector which maintains amplitude flatness across the frequency range The signal is then passed to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel 6 71 5520A Service Manual 6 72 6 97 6 98 Time Marker Mode There are several ranges of time marker operation 5 s to 50 ms 20 ms to 100 ns 50 ns to 20 ns 10 ns and 5 to 2 ns The 5 s to 50 ms markers are generated on the A6 DDS board and are passed to the A50 board The sig
21. Pulse Width 6 25 capacitance specifications 1 16 Capacitance verification Verification 3 47 capacitance measurement connections list of equipment Capacitance Measurement Current assembly A7 Theory 2 6 D dc current specifications 1 9 1 10 DC Current Verification 3 37 dc power specification summary 1 19 dc voltage specifications 1 8 DC Voltage function Verification 6 21 6 29 6 78 6 83 DC Volts Verification 3 36 DC Volts AUX Output Verification 3 37 DDS assembly A6 Theory 2 5 Diagnostic testing Front panel ET Running diagnostics Diagnostic Testing 4 7 E Edge Duty Cycle function Verification 6 36 6 92 Edge Frequency function Verification 6 35 6 91 Edge function Rise time verification 6 36 6 92 Theory of Operation 6 12 6 71 Edge Function Specifications 6 76 67 Trigger Specifications Encoder assembly A2 Theory 2 4 1 E ment required for calibration and verification Error messages Non diagnostic SC Option not nu 6 5 6 65 F frequency specifications Frequency Verification H Hardware adjustments for SC300 6 107 Hardware adjustments for 50600 6 57 harmonics 2nd 50th specifications L Leveled Sine Wave function adjusting the harmonics 6 58 adjusting VCO balance 6 58 Amplitude Verification 6 39 6 95 equipment setup 6 Flatness Verification High
22. Typical local operations include front panel connections to the Unit Under Test UUT and then manual keystroke entries at the front panel to place the calibrator in the desired output mode The front panel layout facilitates hand movements from left to right and multiply and divide keys make it easy to step up or down at the press of a single key You can also review 5520A Calibrator specifications at the push of two keys Remote Operation RS 232 There are two rear panel serial data RS 232 ports SERIAL 1 FROM HOST and SERIAL 2 TO UUT Figure 1 2 Each port is dedicated to serial data communications for operating and controlling the 5520A during calibration procedures For complete information on remote operation see Chapter 5 of the 5520A Operators Manual The SERIAL 1 FROM HOST serial data port connects a host terminal or personal computer to the 5520A You have several choices for sending commands to the 5520A you can enter commands from a terminal or a PC running a terminal program you can write your own programs using BASIC or you can run optional Windows based software such as 5500 CAL or MET CAL The 5500 CAL software includes more than 200 example procedures covering a wide range of test tools the 5520A can calibrate The SERIAL 2 TO UUT serial data port connects a UUT to a PC or terminal via the 5520A see Figure 1 3 This pass through configuration eliminates the requirement for two COM ports at the PC or terminal A
23. ee ee eee eee eee 6 73 Overload Function Verification esee 6 74 SC600 Hardware Adjustments esee rennen 6 75 Equipment Required sonspuceeanseeen sends 6 76 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function esses 6 77 Bquipment Setup 6 78 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance 6 79 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 80 Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function 6 81 Equipment e D 6 52 Adjusting the Edge Abetrrations essen 6 60 cage Na Nain 6 83 Introduction tior pei 6 84 Maintenance ceeeccccceessecseeeceeeeeesaeceeneeceeeeesaecseaaeceeneeceaeeeeaeeneaeesaes 0 85 SC300 Specifications aire 6 6 Voltage Function Specifications eese 6 87 Edge Function Specifications esee 6 88 Leveled Sine Wave Function Specifications 6 89 Time Marker Function Specifications sene iv Contents continued 6 90 Wave Generator Specifications ses sese eee eee eee 6 91 Trigger Signal Specifications for the Time Marker Function 6 92 Trigger Signal Specifications for the Edge Function 6 93 Theory of Operation iere reiten terme eie ree deine taceo 6 94 Voltage Mode ee ine EE 6 95 S THO les
24. 0 18 100 0 2 100 0 05 50 0 33 A to 10 Hz to 100 Hz 0 1 200 0 12 200 0 2 500 2 99999 A 100 to 440 Hz 0 25 1000 0 3 1000 0 25 500 3 A to 20 5 A 10 Hz to 100 Hz 0 1 2000 2 0 12 2000 0 14 0 400 4 1 100 Hz to 1 kHz 0 8 5000 3 1 0 5000 3 0 554 0 1 Duty Cycle Currents 11 A may be provided continuously For currents 511 A see Figure 1 4 The current may be provided 60 T I minutes any 60 minute period where T is the temperature in C room temperature is about 23 C and is the output current in amperes For example 17 A at 23 C could be provided for 60 17 23 20 minutes each hour 2 For currents 511 A Floor specification is 4000 pA within 30 seconds of selecting operate For operating times gt 30 seconds the floor specification is 2000 3 For currents 511 A Floor specification is 1000 pA within 30 seconds of selecting operate For operating times gt 30 seconds the floor specification is 5000 4 Subject to compliance voltages limits Range Resolution Max Compliance Voltage uA V rms 0 029 mA to 0 32999 mA 0 01 7 0 33 mA to 3 29999 mA 0 01 7 3 3 mA to 32 9999 mA 0 1 5 33 mA to 329 999 mA 1 5 0 33 A to 2 99999 A 10 4 3 A to 20 5 A 100 3 1 Subject to specification adder for compliance voltages greater than 1 V rms 5520A Service Manual 1 15 Capacitance Specifications A
25. 1 00304 99696 1000 00 C 10 0000 mV 9 99660 10 00340 1000 00 C 10 0000 mV 10 0034 9 9966 10000 00 C 100 0000 mV 99 9930 100 0070 10000 00 C 100 0000 mV 100 0070 99 9930 3 31 Verifying Thermocouple Measurement Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 31 Use a Fluke 5500A Calibrator or similar instrument as the millivolt source connected in parallel with an HP3458A DMM At each verification point use the 5500A error mode controls to adjust the calibrator output for a nominal reading on the DMM Use copper connectors and copper wires Table 3 31 Verification Tests for Thermocouple Measurement TC Type Input mV Lower Limit C Upper Limit C 10 pVv C 0 00 C 0 0000 mV 0 30 0 30 10000 00 C 100 0000 mV 9999 30 10000 70 10000 00 56 100 0000 mV 10000 70 9999 30 30000 00 50 300 0000 mV 29998 50 30001 50 30000 00 C 300 0000 mV 30001 50 29998 50 3 52 Calibration and Verification Performance Verification Tests 3 3 32 Verifying Phase Accuracy Volts and AUX Volts Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 32 using a precision phase meter see Figure 3 15 Table 3 32 Verification Tests for Phase Accuracy V and V Range Normal Output V 3 29999 3 00000 65Hz 400Hz 1 kHz 5 kHz Output Normal V Frequency 10 kHz 30 kHz 65 Hz 65
26. 1 09999mF 1 1 mF to 0 34 3 uF 0 45 3 uF 10 nF 0 to 6 Hz 30 Hz 40 Hz 3 2999 mF 3 3 mF to 0 34 10 uF 0 45 10 uF 100 nF 0to2Hz 15 HZ 20 10 9999 mF 11 mF to 0 7 30 uF 0 75 30 uF 100nF 0to 0 6 Hz 7 5 10 Hz 32 9999 mF 33 mF to 1 0 100 uF 1 1 100 uF 10 uF 0 to 0 2 Hz 3 Hz 5 Hz 110 mF Notes 1 The output is continuously variable from 190 pF to 110 mF 2 Specifications apply to both dc charge discharge capacitance meters and ac RCL meters The maximum allowable peak voltage is 3 V The maximum allowable peak current is 150 mA with an rms limitation of 30 mA below 1 1 uF and 100 mA for 1 1 uF and above 3 The maximum lead resistance for no additional error in 2 wire COMP mode is 10 Introduction and Specifications Specifications 1 1 16 Temperature Calibration Thermocouple Specifications TC Type 1 Range Absolute Uncertainty TC Range Absolute Uncertainty C Source Measure Type C Source Measure 2 tcal 5 C 1 2 tcal 5 C x C 3 tC 3 90 days 1 year 90 days 1 year 600 to 800 0 42 0 44 L 200 to 100 0 37 0 37 800 to 1000 0 34 0 34 100 to 800 0 26 0 26 1000 to 1550 0 30 0 30 800 to 900 0 17 0 17 1550 to 1820 0 26 0 33 200 to 100 0 30 0 40 0 to 150 0 23 0 30 100 to 25 0 17 0 22 150 to 650 0 19 0 26 25 to 120 0 15 0 19 650 to 1000 0 23 0 31 120 to 410 0 14 0
27. Calibrator Mainmame HP 3458A Topline Baseline Peak to Peak Peak to Peak x Tolerance Output Range Reading Reading Correction V 1 kHz 1 mV 100 mV dc 0 000043 1 mV 100 mV dc 0 000043 10 mV 100 mV dc 0 000065 10 mV 100 mV dc 0 000065 25 mV 100 mV dc 0 000103 25 mV 100 mV dc 0 000103 110 mV 100 mV dc 0 000315 110 mV 100 mV dc 0 000315 500 mV 1Vdc 0 00129 500 mV 1 Vdc 0 00129 2 2V 10V dc 0 00554 2 2V 10V dc 0 00554 6 6 V 10 V dc 0 01654 6 6 V 10 V dc 0 01654 6 33 5520A Service Manual 6 50 AC Voltage Frequency Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 5520A SC600 SC600 Cable At 50 MHZ PM 6680A yg057f eps Figure 6 6 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify ac voltage frequency 1 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer IMQ impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A 3 Program the Calibrator Mainfra
28. PF Adder Watts Adder for PF 1 0 at 60 Hz is 0 see Phase Specifications Total Watts Output Uncertainty Upower 0017 4 0 046 0 0 04996 Example 2 Output 100 V 1 A 400 Hz Power Factor 0 5 60 Voltage Uncertainty Uncertainty for 100 V at 400 Hz is 150 ppm 2 mV totaling 100 V x 190 x 10 15 mV added to 2 mV 17 mV Expressed in percent 17 mV 100V x 100 0 017 see AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications Current Uncertainty Uncertainty for 1 A is 0 036 100 uA totaling 1 A x 0 00036 360 uA added to 100 LA 0 46 mA Expressed in percent 0 46 mA 1A x 100 0 046 see AC Current Sine Waves Specifications PF Adder Watts Adder for PF 0 5 60 at 400 Hz is 0 76 see Phase Specifications Total Watts Output Uncertainty Upower 4 0 017 0046 0 767 0 76 VARs When the Power Factor approaches 0 0 the watts output uncertainty becomes unrealistic because the dominant characteristic is the VARs volts amps reactive output In these cases calculate the Total VARs Output Uncertainty as shown in example 3 Example 3 Output 100 V 1 A 60 Hz Power Factor 0 174 80 Voltage Uncertainty Uncertainty for 100 V at 400 Hz is 150 ppm 2 mV totaling 100 V x 190 x 10 15 mV added to 2 mV 17 mV Expressed in percent 17 mV 100V x 100 0 017 see AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications Current Uncertainty Uncertainty for 1 A is 0 036 100 u
29. Press the GO ON blue softkey 4 Ensure the HP 3458A reading is 0 0 V DC 10 uV If not adjust R121 on A41 R121 is a square single turn pot and is marked on the board located near Q29 Press the GO ON blue softkey 6 Calibration voltages 33 V and greater will automatically put the Calibrator Mainframe output in standby When this occurs press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Allow the HP 3458A DC voltage reading to stabilize Enter the reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading insuring proper multiplier 1 6 m n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 7 Repeat steps 6 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate ac voltage Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants AC voltage must now be calibrated continue with the next section AC Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the same equipment and setup as DC Voltage calibration Refer to Figure 6 3 DC voltages are measured and entered in the Calibrator Mainframe to calibrate the AC Voltage function Set up the Calibrator Mainframe to Cal ACV Press OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads The next steps calibrate SC600 ACV Then foll
30. USE PROPER POWER CORD Use only the power cord and connector appropriate for the voltage and plug configuration in your country Use only a power cord that is in good condition Refer power cord and connector changes to qualified service personnel DO NOT OPERATE IN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES To avoid explosion do not operate the Calibrator in an atmosphere of explosive gas CHECK INSULATION RATINGS Verify that the voltage applied to the unit under test does not exceed the insulation rating of the UUT and the interconnecting cables DO NOT REMOVE COVER DURING OPERATION To avoid personal injury or death do not remove the Calibrator cover without first removing the power source connected to the rear panel Do not operate the Calibrator without the cover properly installed Normal calibration is accomplished with the cover closed Access procedures and the warnings for such procedures are contained in the Service Manual Service procedures are for qualified service personnel only DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OPERATE IF PROTECTION MAY BE IMPAIRED If the Calibrator appears damaged or operates abnormally protection may be impaired Do not attempt to operate the Calibrator under these conditions Refer all questions of proper Calibrator operation to qualified service personnel Table of Contents Chapter Title 1 Introduction and Specifications sees ecce seeeseesseees eee esees ecce seeee ereer eee 1 1 IntrOQUCLbOfi cocti Decet E 1
31. om052f eps Figure 6 15 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Balance 6 79 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics The following procedure adjusts the harmonics for the leveled sine wave function SC600 Option 6 SC600 Hardware Adjustments Note This procedure should only be used for adjusting the leveled sine wave harmonics Do not use this procedure as a verification test The specifications in this procedure are not valid for verification 1 Set the Spectrum Analyzer to the parameters listed below Spectrum Analyzer Setup Start Frequency 50 MHz Stop Frequency 500 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 3 MHz Video Bandwidth 3 kHz Reference Level 20 dBm 2 Use your Spectrum Analyzer s Peak Search function to find the desired reference signal The Analyzer should show the fundamental and second and third harmonics The harmonics need to be adjusted so that the second harmonic is at 40 dBc and third harmonic should typically be at 50 dBc as shown in Figure 6 16 3 To adjust the harmonics adjust R8 as shown in Figure 6 16 until the peaks of the second and third harmonic are at the correct dB level You may find that you can place the second harmonic at 40 dBc but the third harmonic is not at 50 dBc If this is the case continue adjusting R8 The second harmonic will fluctuate but there is a point at which both harmonics will be at the correct decibel level 2nd harmonic 3rd harmonic om051f
32. 1 Stability Frequency Characteristics Resolution 10 kHz 1 Year Absolute 2 9 ppm Uncertainty tcal 5 C Distortion Characteristics 2nd Harmonic lt 33 dBc 3rd and Higher lt 38 dBc Harmonics 1 Within one hour after reference amplitude setting provided temperature varies no more than 5 C 6 8 SC600 Option 6 SC600 Specifications 6 7 Time Marker Specifications Table 6 4 Time Marker Specifications Time Maker into 500 5s 50 ms 20 ms to 50 ns to 10 ns 5 ns to 100 ns 20 ns 2ns 1 Year Absolute 25 t 1000 2 5 ppm 2 5 ppm t 2 5 ppm t 2 5 ppm Uncertainty at ppm 1 Cardinal Points tcal 1550 Wave Shape spike or square spike spike or square square or sine square or sine 20 pulse Typical Output Level gt 1Vp p 2 gt 1Vp p gt 1Vp p 2 gt 1Vp p gt 1Vp p 2 2 Typical Jitter rms lt 10 ppm lt 1ppm lt 1 ppm 1 ppm 1 ppm Sequence 5 2 1 from 5 s to 2 ns e g 500 ms 200 ms 100 ms Adjustment Range 3 At least 10 around each sequence value indicated above Amplitude Resolution 4 digits 1 t is the time in seconds 2 Typical rise time of square wave and 20 pulse 20 duty cycle pulse is lt 1 5 ns 3 Time marker uncertainty is 50 ppm away from the cardinal points 6 8 Wave Generator Specifications Table 6 5 Wave Generator Specifications Wave Generator Characteristics Amplitude Square Wave Sine Wav
33. 2 Change the horizontal scale of the DSO to the value listed in the table Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the pulse signal is centered on the display Record the width measurement Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 37 Table 6 37 Pulse Width Verification Calibrator Mainframe DSO Horizontal 11801 Scale 3 Output Reading Tolerance Width period medi 4 0 ns 1ns 0 700 ns 44 9 ns 10 ns 2 745 ns 45 ns 10 ns 6 250 ns 500 ns 1 25 us 100 ns 29 0 ns 6 53 5520A Service Manual 6 54 6 70 Pulse Period Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 6 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Pulse menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify the Pulse period 1 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure period on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the pulse width and period at 2 5 V as listed in Table 6 38 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading f
34. 200 uV 1400 1 There are two channels of voltage output The maximum frequency of the dual output is 30 kHz Note e Remote sensing is not provided Output resistance is lt 5 mQ for outputs 20 33 V The AUX output resistance is lt 10 The maximum load capacitance is 500 pF subject to the maximum burden current limits 5520A Service Manual 1 14 AC Current Sine Wave Specifications LCOMP off Max Distortion amp Noise 10 Hz Max Absolute Uncertainty Compliance to 100 kHz Inductive Range Frequency tcal TB C adder BW Load t of output WA uA V output 90 days 1 year floor 29 00 UA 10 10 Hz to 20 Hz 0 16 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 05 0 15 0 5 uA 200 329 99 LA 20 Hz to 45 Hz 0 12 0 1 0 15 0 1 0 05 0 1 0 5 pA 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 1 0 1 0 125 0 1 0 05 0 05 0 5 uA 1kHzto 5kHz 0 25 0 15 0 340 15 1 5 0 5 0 5uA 5 kHz to 10 kHz 0 6 02 0 8 0 2 1 5 1 0 0 5 uA iR kHz to 30 1 2 0 4 1 6 0 4 10 1 2 0 5 uA 0 33mAto 10Hzto20Hz 0 16 0 15 10 20 15 0 05 0 15 1 5uA 200 3 2999 mA 20 Hz to 45 Hz 0 1 0 15 0 125 0 15 0 05 0 06 1 5 pA 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 08 0 15 0 1 0 15 0 05 0 02 1 5 uA 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 16 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 5 0 5 1 5 pA 5kHzto 10 kHz 0 4 0 3 0 5 0 3 1 5 1 04 1 5 pA 10 Biz to 20 0 8 0 6 1 0 0 6 10 1 20 5 pA
35. 6 24 Input Impedance Mode Resistance eese 6 13 6 25 Input Impedance Mode Capacitance sese 6 26 Overload Mode int ertet ete hte et reet Tes mit e cte a esee go 6 13 6 27 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 6 28 50600 Calibration Setup sss sese eee eee ee ee eee eee ee 6 29 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 6 30 Overview of HP3458A Operation sees sees eee 6 31 Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements 6 32 Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements 6 33 DC Voltage Calibration uso i RR imde 6 34 AC Voltage Calibration 6 35 Wave Generator Calibration 6 36 Edge Amplitude Calibration eene 6 37 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration iii 5520A Service Manual 6 38 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration eee 6 39 Low Frequency Calibration eere 6 40 High Frequency Calibration eee 6 41 Pulse Width Calibration esee 6 42 MeasZ Calibration 643 6 44 DC Voltage Verification eene 6 45 Verification at 1 MO enne 6 46 Verification at 30 te 6 47 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification essen
36. Chapter 2 Theory of Operation Encoder Assembly A2 ccccecsscceesecsseeeeseceeaeecseneecseceeesaeceeaaecseneeees Synthesized Impedance Assembly A5 DDS Assembly A6 35 deterret tr exper TERR ERE HERR YER Current Assembly LATH sss seene eee Voltage Assembly ET Main CPU Assembly A91 seene Power SUPPLIES e e rede erbe Ee d Le Sua Outguard Supplies ssssssssss essere ss eeeeseeeeesee nenen nenen nne nen Inpuard Supplies 2 1 5520A Service Manual 2 2 Theory of Operation 2 Introduction 2 1 Introduction This chapter provides a block diagram discussion of the calibrator s analog and digital sections Figure 2 1 shows the arrangement of assemblies inside the 5520A The Oscilloscope Calibration Option is described in the Options chapter The 5520A produces calibration outputs of the following functions and ranges DC voltage from 0 V to 1000 V AC voltage from 1 mV to 1000 V with output from 10 Hz to 500 kHz AC current from 0 01 uA to 20 5 A with output from 10 Hz to 30 kHz DC current from 0 to 20 5 A Resistance values from a short circuit to 1 1 GQ Capacitance values from 190 pF to 110 mF Simulated output for Resistance Temperature Detectors RTDs Simulated output for thermocouples Motherboard A3 yg116f eps Figure 2 1 5520A Internal Layout 2 3 5520A Service Manual 2 2 Encoder Assembly A2 The
37. Height 13 3 cm 5 25 inches standard rack increment plus 1 5 cm 0 6 inch for feet on bottom of unit Width 43 2 cm 17 inches standard rack width Depth 63 0 cm 24 8 inches overall Weight without options 5500A Calibrator 22 kg 49 Ib 5725A Amplifier 32 kg 70 pounds Absolute Uncertainty Definition The 5500A specifications include stability temperature coefficient linearity line and load regulation and the traceability of the external standards used for calibration You do not need to add anything to determine the total specification of the 5520A for the temperature range indicated Specification Confidence Interval 99 1 After long periods of storage at high humidity a drying out period with the power on of at least one week may be required 2 For optimal performance at full dual outputs e g 1000 V 20A choose a line voltage setting that is 7 5 from nominal 3 The DC Current ranges 0 to 1 09999 A and 1 1 A to 2 99999 A are sensitive to storage temperatures above 50 C If the 5520A is stored above 50 C for greater than 30 minutes these ranges must be re calibrated Otherwise the 90 day and 1 year uncertainties of these ranges double 1 7 5520A Service Manual 1 10 DC Voltage Specifications 0 to 329 9999 mV 0 to 3 299999 V 0 to 32 99999 V 30 to 329 9999 V 100 to 1000 000 V Absolute Uncertain
38. NORMAL Step Amplitude Frequency 1 3 29990 V 100 00 Hz 2 0 33000 V 100 00 Hz 3 3 00000 V 500 0 kHz 4 3 0V 9 99 Hz 5 30 000 mV 100 00 Hz 6 300 000 mV 100 00 Hz 7 300 000 mV 500 0 kHz 8 30 0000 V 100 00 Hz 9 300 000 V 70 00 kHz 10 1000 00 V 100 00 Hz 11 FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX A N SENSE AUX V SCOPE TT ou yg104f eps 3 9 5520A Service Manual 3 8 Thermocouple Function Calibration The equipment listed in Table 3 6 is required for calibration of the thermocouple measure and source functions The equipment is also listed in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Table 3 6 Test Equipment Required for Calibrating the Thermocouple Function Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment 1 Fluke 5520A LEADS Test lead set includes Type J thermocouple wire and mini plug 4 feet various various 24 gauge solid copper telephone wire 1 ASTM 56C Mercury thermometer 1 various various Dewar flask and cap mineral oil lag bath Hewlett Packard 3458A with 002 option DMM Proceed as follows to calibrate the thermocouple function 1 2 Verify that the UUT is in standby With nothing connected to the UUT terminals press the GO ON softkey as prompted to start TC calibration Wait for the internal calibration steps to complete Connect the HP3458A DMM to the TC terminals using solid copper telephone wire and a copper uncompensated TC minipl
39. W CF Column A entry Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 100 sqrt Column A entry sqrt Column B entry sqrt Column B entry Enter the 10 MHz rms Error for 5 5 V from Table 6 55 Column C Compute and enter the Calibrator Mainframe Flatness Deviation Column E entry Column F entry SC300 Option 6 Verification 6 132 Time Marker Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 21 for the proper setup connections Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 Q impedance Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Marker menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to for each period listed in Table 6 57 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to the output as listed in Table 6 57 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the PM 6680 at the channel indicated in Table 6 57 You will need the BNC N adapter for the connection to Channel C 3 Set the filter on the PM 6680 as indicated in
40. adapter e BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe Note When high frequencies at voltages below 63 mV p p are verified use the 8481D Power Sensor Otherwise use the 8482A Power Sensor SC600 Option 6 Verification Connect the HP 437B Power Meter to either the 8482A or the 8481D Power Sensor as shown in Figure 6 11 For more information on connecting the two instruments see the power meter and power sensor operators manuals Connect the power meter power sensor combination to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe as shown in Figure 6 12 The Hewlett Packard 437B Power Meter must be configured by setting the parameters listed below Zero and self calibrate the power meter with the power sensor being used Refer to the Hewlett Packard 437B operators manual for details PRESET RESOLN 3 AUTO FILTER WATTS SENSOR TABLE 0 default OMO35f eps Figure 6 11 Connecting the HP 437B Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Sensor yg036f eps Figure 6 12 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor 6 45 5520A Service Manual 6 46 6 63 Low Frequency Verification This procedure provides an example of testing
41. cn 3 2 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 3 3 3 4 Startins Calibration rr ntis 3 5 3 5 DC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output esee 3 6 DC Volts Calibration 30 Vdc and Above sess 3 7 AC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output eene 3 8 Thermocouple Function Calibration eee 3 0 DC Current Calibration 07T o 3 10 AC Current Calibration i e ee rere LEE tiun 3 11 DC Volts Calibration AUX Output sese 3 12 AC Volts Calibration AUX Output sese 3 13 Resistance Calibration eese 3 14 Capacitance Calibration eene 3 15 Calibration Remote Commands seen 3 16 Generating a Calibration Report sene 3 17 Performance Verification Tests sese 3 18 Zeroing the Calibrator sssrini 3 19 Verifying DC Volts NORMAL Output eee 3 20 Verifying DC Volts AUX Output een 3 2 Veritying DC Curreht enter n e 3 22 Veritying Resistance ote ee Deere Lee et pente eee dnte bua 3 23 Verifying AC Voltage NORMAL Output eere 3 24 Verifying AC Voltage AUX Output sese eee seen 3 25 Veritying AC Current 5o 3 26 Verifying Capacitance eie te eee Ret ere Fete
42. described next 3 18 Zeroing the Calibrator Zeroing recalibrates internal circuitry most notably dc offsets in all ranges of operation To meet the specifications in Chapter 1 zeroing is required every 7 days or when the 5520A Calibrator ambient temperature changes by more than 5 C There are two zeroing functions total instrument zero ZERO and ohms only zero OHMS ZERO Before performing the verification tests perform the total instrument zero Complete the following procedure to zero the calibrator Note The 5520A Calibrator rear panel CALIBRATION switch does not have to be enabled for this procedure Turn on the Calibrator and allow a warmup period of at least 30 minutes Press the key Install a low ohm copper short circuit across the 20 A and AUX LO terminals Press the key opening the setup menu Press the CAL softkey opening the calibration information menu Press the CAL softkey Press the ZERO softkey to totally zero the 5520A Calibrator After the zeroing routine is complete 20 minutes press the key to reset the calibrator D Qv ges 51 5 3 34 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests 3 19 Verifying DC Volts NORMAL Output Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 19 using the same equipment and techniques specified previously for calibration Table 3 19 Verification Tests for DC Voltage NORMAL Output
43. e Verification Procedures e Hardware Adjustments made after Repair The calibration and verification procedures provide traceable results for all of the SC300 functions as long as they are performed using the recommended equipment All of the required equipment along with the minimum specifications are provided in Table 6 41 under Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification The calibration and verification procedures in this chapter are not the ones Fluke uses at the factory These procedures have been developed to provide you with the ability to calibrate and verify the SC300 at your own site if necessary You should review all of the procedures in advance to make sure you have the resources to complete them It is strongly recommended that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration and verification Hardware adjustments that are made after repair at the factory or designated Fluke service centers are provided in detail 6 84 Maintenance There are no maintenance techniques or diagnostic remote commands for the SC300 that are available to users If your SC300 is not installed or not receiving power the following error message appears on the display when you press do access the oscilloscope calibration menus 41 1 om030i eps If this message is displayed and you have the SC300 installed in your Calibrator Mainframe you must return the Calibrator Mainframe t
44. 059 pA 328 941 uA 3 29999 mA 0 00000 mA 0 00005 mA 0 00005 mA 3 29999 mA 1 90000 mA 1 89980 mA 1 90020 mA 3 29999 mA 1 90000 mA 1 90020 mA 1 89980 mA 3 29999 mA 3 29000 mA 3 28969 mA 3 29031 mA 3 29999 mA 3 29000 mA 3 29031 3 28969 mA 32 9999 mA 0 0000 mA 0 00025 mA 0 00025 mA 32 9999 mA 19 0000 mA 18 9982 mA 19 0018 mA 32 9999 mA 19 0000 mA 19 0018 mA 18 9982 mA 32 9999 mA 32 9000 mA 32 8971 mA 32 9029 mA 32 9999 mA 32 9000 mA 32 9029 mA 32 8971 mA 329 999 mA 0 000 mA 0 0025 mA 0 0025 mA 329 999 mA 190 000 mA 189 982 mA 190 018 mA 329 999 mA 190 000 mA 190 018 mA 189 982 mA 329 999 mA 329 000 mA 328 971 mA 329 029 mA 329 999 mA 329 000 mA 329 029 mA 328 971 mA 2 99999 A 0 00000 A 0 00004 A 0 00004 A 2 99999 A 1 09000 A 1 08979 A 1 09021 A 2 99999 A 1 09000 A 1 09021 A 1 08979 A 2 99999 A 2 99000 A 2 98906 A 2 99094 A 2 99999 A 2 99000 A 2 99094 A 2 98906 A 20 5000 A 0 0000 A 0 0005 A 0 0005 A 20 5000 A 10 9000 A 10 8954 A 10 9046 A 20 5000 A 10 9000 A 10 9046 A 10 8954 A 20 5000 A 20 0000 A 19 9833 A 20 0168 A 20 5000 A 20 0000 A 20 0168 A 19 9833 A 3 37 5520A Service Manual 3 22 Verifying Resistance Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 23 using the same equipment and techniques specified previously for calibration Use four wire measur
45. 100000 100000 1000 2 5 nA to 50 nA 329 9999 MQ 330 to 12000 15000 500000 500000 10000 1 nA to 13 nA 1100 MQ 1 Continuously variable from 0 Q to 1 1 GQ 2 Applies for a 4 WIRE compensation only For 2 WIRE and 2 WIRE COMP add 5 per Amp of stimulus current to the floor specification For example in 2 WIRE mode at 1 the floor specification within 12 hours of an ohms zero cal for a measurement current of 1 mA is 0 002 5 uV 1 ma 0 002 0 005 Q 0 007 Q 3 For currents lower than shown the floor adder increases by Floor new Floor old XImin lactual For example a 50 pA stimulus measuring 100 Q has a floor specification of 0 0014 X 1 mA 50 pA 0 028 O assuming an ohms zero cal within 12 hours 5520A Service Manual 1 13 AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications NORMAL Normal Output Absolute Uncertainty teal 5 C Max Frequency Resolution 10 Hz to 5 MHz t ppm of output uV Burden Bandwidth a 1uV 32 999 mV 10 kHz to 20 kHz 0 06 90 uV 300012 9500 12 500 kHz S Wi 329 999 nv 15078 100 kHz to 1600 70 2000 70 0 20 90 uV 1 500 kHz EIE O8 200 3 29999 V 45 Hz to 10 kHz 140 60 150 60 0 035 200 uV 700 125 100 kHz to 2000 600 2400 600 0 20 200 1 500 kHz 32 9999 V 250 600 50 kHz to 100 kHz 750 1600 900 1600 TIE EmA 329 999 V except 20 mA for 45 Hz to 50 kHz to 100 kHz 1600
46. 15 6 48 96600 Option Verification 6 PM 6680 1 Calibrator PM 6680 Settings Reading PM 6680 Reading Channel Filter Frequency Period Tolerance 5s A On 0 3489454 s 2s A On 0 0582996 s 50 0ms A Off 8 872 05 s 20 0 A Off 5E 08 s 10 0 ms A Off 2 5E 08 s 100 ns A Off 2 5E 13 s 50 0 ns A Off 1 25E 13 s 20 0 ns A Off 5E 14 s 10 0 ns A Off 2 5E 14s 5 00 ns A Off 1 25E 14s 2 00 ns C Off 5E 15s 6 66 Wave Generator Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 5790A AC Measurement Standard 9 BNC f to Double Banana adapter 50 Q feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe 5520A SC600 5520A CALIBRATOR BNC F to Double Banana Adapter Feed Through Termination NORMAL AUX SCOPE V D RTD A N SENSE AUX V oU yg060f eps Figure 6 13 Wave Generator Verification Setup For wave generation verification procedures refer to Figure 6 13 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Wavegen menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Set the offset to 0 mV 6 49 5520A Service Manual 6 50 6 67 6 68 and the frequency to 1 kHz Then follow these steps to verify the wave generator function Verification at 1 MQ Set the
47. 2000 65 Hz 1 0 10 mV 50000 50000 330 V to 45 Hz to 1 kHz 250 10000 300 2 mA 0 15 30 mV 1020 V 10000 except 1 kHz to 5 kHz 200 10000 250 6 mA for 0 07 30 mV 10000 45 Hz to 5 kHz to 10 kHz 250 10000 65 Hz 0 07 30 mV 1 Max Distortion for 100 kHz to 200 kHz For 200 kHz to 500 kHz the maximum distortion is 0 9 of output floor as shown Note Remote sensing is not provided Output resistance is lt 5 mQ for outputs 20 33 V The AUX output resistance is 1Q The maximum load capacitance is 500 pF subject to the maximum burden current limits Introduction and Specifications 1 Specifications AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications cont AUX Auxiliary Output dual output mode only 1 Max Distortion Absolute Uncertainty and Noise Range Frequency m tasse Resolution Max 10 Hz to t of output uV Burden 100 kHz Bandwidth output 10 mV to 329 999 mV 0 08 870 0 08 370 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 15 450 5 kHz to 10 kHz 0 3 450 0 4 450 10 Hz to 30 kHz 4 0 900 5 0 900 1 4 200 uV 0 33 V to 10 Hz to 20Hz 0 15 450 0 2 450 0 2 200 uV 3 29999 V 20 Hz to 45 Hz 0 08 450 0 1 450 0 06 200 uV 450 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 15 1400 0 2 0 3 200 uV ERN ea o S 0 6 4 5 kHz to 10 kHz 10 kHz to 30 kHz 4 0 2800 5 0 4 1 200 uV 2800 3 3Vto5V 10 Hz to 20 Hz 0 15 450 0 2 450 0 2 200 20 Hz to 45 Hz 0 06 200 uV 450 1400 5 kHz to 10 kHz 0 341400 0 4 0 6
48. 3 Temperature Coefficient Temperature Coefficient for temperatures outside tcal 5 C is 0 1X C of the 90 day specification or 1 year as applicable per C Relative Humidity 1 Operating lt 80 to 30 C 7096 to 40 C lt 40 to 50 C e Storage lt 95 non condensing Altitude Operating 3 050 m 10 000 ft maximum Non operating 12 200 m 40 000 ft maximum Safety Complies with IEC 1010 1 1992 1 ANSI ISA S82 01 1994 CAN CSA C22 2 No 1010 1 92 Analog Low Isolation 20 V EMC Designed to comply with FCC Rules Part 15 VFG 243 1991 If used in areas with Electromagnetic fields of 1 to 3 V m resistance outputs have a floor adder of 0 508 Performance not specified above 3 V m This instrument may be susceptible to electro static discharge ESD from direct contact to the binding posts Good static aware practices should be followed when handling this and other pieces of electronic equipment Line Power 2 e Line Voltage selectable 100 V 120 V 220 V 240 V s Line Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz e Line Voltage Variation 10 about line voltage setting Power Consumption 5500A Calibrator 300 VA 5725A Amplifier 750 VA Dimensions 5500A Calibrator Height 17 8 cm 7 inches standard rack increment plus 1 5 cm 0 6 inch for feet on bottom of unit Width 43 2 cm 17 inches standard rack width Depth 47 3 cm 18 6 inches overall 5725A Amplifier
49. 3 2846 mA 3 2954 mA 3 2999 mA 3 2900 mA 45 Hz 3 2872 mA 3 2928 mA 3 2999 mA 3 2900 mA 1 kHz 3 2872 mA 3 2928 mA 3 2999 mA 3 2900 mA 5 kHz 3 2845 mA 3 2955 mA 3 2999 mA 3 2900 mA 10 kHz 3 2765 mA 3 3035 mA 3 2999 mA 3 2900 mA 30 kHz 3 2631 mA 3 3169 mA 32 999 mA 3 3000 mA 1 kHz 3 297 mA 3 303 mA 32 999 mA 3 3000 mA 5 kHz 3 296 mA 3 304 mA 32 999 mA 3 3000 mA 30 kHz 3 285 mA 3 315 mA 32 999 mA 19 0000 mA 1 kHz 18 991 mA 19 009 mA 32 999 mA 19 0000 mA 10 kHz 18 967 mA 19 033 mA 32 999 mA 19 0000 mA 30 kHz 18 935 mA 19 065 mA 32 999 mA 32 9000 mA 10 Hz 32 849 mA 32 951 mA Calibration and Verification Performance Verification Tests 3 Table 3 27 Verification Tests for AC Current cont Range Output Frequency Lower Limit Upper Limit 32 999 mA 32 9000 mA 1 kHz 32 886 mA 32 914 mA 32 999 mA 32 9000 mA 5 kHz 32 877 mA 32 923 mA 32 999 mA 32 9000 mA 10 kHz 32 844 mA 32 956 mA 32 999 mA 32 9000 mA 30 kHz 32 791 mA 33 009 mA 329 99 mA 33 0000 mA 1 kHz 32 97 mA 33 03 mA 329 99 mA 33 0000 mA 5 kHz 32 92 mA 33 08 mA 329 99 mA 33 0000 mA 30 kHz 32 69 mA 33 31 mA 329 99 mA 190 0000 mA 1 kHz 189 91 mA 190 09 mA 329 99 mA 190 0000 mA 10 kHz 189 60 mA 190 40 mA 329 99 mA 190 0000 mA 30 kHz 189 19 mA 190 81 mA 329 99 mA 329 0000 mA 10Hz 328 49 mA 329 51 mA 329 99 mA 329 0000 mA 45 Hz 328 86 mA 329 14 mA 329 99 mA 329 0000 mA 1 k
50. 3 4641 0 01357 V triangle 1 09 V 3 4641 0 0328 V triange 2 50 V 3 4641 0 0751 V SC600 Option 6 Verification 6 69 Pulse Width Verification The following equipment is used to verify the pulse width e High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 3dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 e second BNC cable Refer to Figure 6 7 for proper setup connections Connect the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to one BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter then to the DSO s sampling head through the 3 dB attenuator Using the second BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and BNC cable connect the Calibrator Mainframe s TRIG OUT connector to the 11801 s Trigger Input The Calibrator Mainframe should be in SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Press the softkey under TRIG to select the TRIG 1 External Trigger output Set the DSO to these parameters Digital Storage Oscilloscope Setup Main Time Base position initial 40 ns Vertical scale 200 mV div Trigger source ext level 0 5 V ext atten x10 slope mode auto Measurement Function positive width 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the pulse width and period at 1 V as listed in Table 6 37
51. 5 mm m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration and Verification AC Fluke 5790A Range 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Measurement Standard Frequency 50 kHz Adapter Pomona 1269 BNO f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 1 1 BNC Cable supplied with 90300 DC and AC Voltage Calibration and Verification DC Voltage Verification Digital HP 3458A Multimeter Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC300 SC300 Option Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 6 Table 6 41 SC300 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Frequency PM 6680 with option PM 9621 PM 9624 or 50 kHz to 350 MHz lt 1 6 ppm Counter PM 9625 and PM 9678 uncertainty Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Low Frequency Calibration and Verification AC Measurement Fluke 5790A Range 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Standard with 03 option Frequency 50 kHz to 10 MHz Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Spectrum Analyzer HP 8590A Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Edge Frequency
52. 6 48 Verification at 1 MO ener 6 49 A 6 50 AC Voltage Frequency Verification esee 6 51 Edge Amplitude Verification sees 6 52 Edge Frequency Verification essere 6 53 Edge Duty Cycle Verification sss 6 54 Edge Rise Time Verification essere 6 55 Edge Abberation Y ernihcaion sss sees eee eee 6 56 Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude Verification 6 57 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification sss esse eee eee 6 58 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification eese 6 59 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification esses 6 60 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification eese 6 61 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness 6 62 Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness 6 63 Low Frequency Verification eese 6 64 High Frequency Verification eese 6 65 Time Marker Verification essere 6 66 Wave Generator Verification sees eee 6 67 Verification at 1 MG 6 68 Verification at 5 6 69 Pulse Width Verntication aiit tei entren ttis 6 70 Pulse Period Verification esee 6 71 MeasZ Resistance Verification esee 6 72 MeasZ Capacitance Verification
53. 65 Hz 329 99 mA 300 00 mA 60 59 90 60 10 Peon C cero moe ae em ue ae evga a mel ECCDBCSE OEC ON 32 9999 V 3 3000 V 65 Hz 329 99 mA 300 00 mA 0 0 10 0 10 32 9999 V 3 3000 V 65 Hz 2 99999 A 2 00000 A 0 0 10 0 10 32 9999 V 3 3000 V 65 Hz 20 5000 A 5 0000 A 0 0 10 0 10 32 9999 V 3 3000 V 400 Hz 20 5000 A 5 0000 A 0 0 25 0 25 32 9999 V 3 3000 V 65 Hz 329 99 mA 300 00 mA 90 89 90 90 10 32 9999 V 3 3000 V 65 Hz 2 000008 90 8990 9010 32 9999 V 3 3000 V 65 Hz 20 0000 90 8990 90 10 ETOUEEUCTIETT emt eee ee 329 999 V 33 000 V 65 Hz 329 99 mA 300 00 mA 0 0 10 0 10 329 999 V 33 000 V 65 Hz 2 99999 A 2 00000 A 0 0 10 0 100 329 999 V 33 000 V 65 Hz 20 5000 A 5 0000 A 0 0 10 0 10 329 999 V 33 000 V 400 Hz 20 5000 A 5 0000 A 0 0 25 0 25 329 999 V 33 000 V 65 Hz 329 99 mA 300 00 mA 90 89 90 90 10 329 999 V 33 000 V 65 Hz 2 000008 90 8990 9010 329 999 V 33 000 V 65 Hz 200000A 90 8990 9010 329 999 V 33 000 V 400 Hz 20 5000A 20 0000A 90 89 75 90 25 3 54 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests 3 34 Verifying Frequency Accuracy Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 34 using a Fluke PM 6680B Frequency Counter Table 3 34 Verification Tests for Frequency Range Normal Output
54. AC Voltage Frequency Verification sese Edge Amplitude Verification Edge Frequency Verification Edge Duty Cycle Verification Edge Rise Time Verification Edge Abberation Verification Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification sss Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification sse eee ee eee eee eee Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Y ernncaion sss sese ee eee ee Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification sss eee sees ee eee eee Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness Low Frequency Verification High Frequency Verification Time Marker Verification Wave Generator Verification Verification at 1 Verification at 50 Q SC300 Hardware Adjustments Equipment Required Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function esses Equipment Setup Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Equipment Setup Adjusting the Edge Aberrations SC300 Option 6 Introduction 6 83 Introduction This chapter contains the following information and service procedures for the SC300 Oscilloscope Calibration Option functions e Specifications e Theory of Operation e Calibration Procedures
55. ACI is done 001 ASK R ON U C F W 002 HEAD AC CURRENT ADJUSTMENT Set M 10 to 3mA initially 003 MATH M 10 0 003 4 Reset UUT get it out of calibration mode 004 IEEE CLSP RST OPC L I 005 IEEE ERR I GTL 006 MATH MEM1 FLD MEM2 1 007 JMPT 008 IEEE CAL_SW I GTL 009 MEME 010 JMPZ 1 012 011 JMP 12015 012 HEAD WARNING CALIBRATION SWITCH IS NOT ENABLED 013 DISP The UUT CALIBRATION switch is in NORMAL 013 DISP iS DISP The switch MUST be in ENABLE to store the Ul3 DISP new calibration constants 013 DISP 013 DISP Select ENABLE then press Advance to 013 DISP continue with the calibration process 014 JMP 1 008 Reset 5790A standard 015 ACMS 016 5790 017 HEAD 018 PIC 019 IEEE 020 IEEE 021 ACMS 022 5790 S DCI References 552A410m OUT 3 2999mA OHZ OPER OPC I GTL D30000 GTL G A SH N 2W Figure 3 9 Sample MET CAL Program Calibration and Verification Calibration 3 1 023 MATH M 17 MEM Apply nominal DC Current to A40 024 IEEE OUT 3 2999mA OHZ OPER OPC I GTL 025 IEEE D5000 GTL 026 ACMS G 027 5790 A SH N 2W 028 MATH M 17 ABS MEM M 17 2 1 029 IEEE OUT 33mA OHZ OPER OPC I GTL 030 IEEE 5150001 GTL 031 ACMS G 032 5790 A SH N 2W 033 MATH M 18 MEM Apply nominal DC Current to A40 034 IEEE OUT 33mA OPER OPC I GTL 035 IEEE
56. Calibrator Mainframe impedance to 1 MO The blue softkey under SCOPE Z toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the wave type and voltage listed in Table 6 35 4 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then record the 5790A rms reading for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 35 5 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor listed to convert it to the peak to peak value Compare result to the tolerance column Verification at 50 Q Set the Calibrator Mainframe impedance to 50 Q The blue softkey under SCOPE Z toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 50 Q feedthrough termination then to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the wave type and voltage listed in Table 6 36 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then record the 5790A rms reading for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 36 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor lis
57. D5000 GTL 1 036 ACMS G 037 5790 A SH N 2W 038 MATH M 18 ABS MEM M 18 2 039 IEEE OUT 3mA OHZ OPER OPC I GTL 040 IEEE 5150001 GTL 041 ACMS G 1 042 5790 A SH N 2W 1 043 MATH M 19 MEM Apply nominal DC Current to A40 044 IEEE OUT 3mA OHZ OPER OPC I GTL 045 IEEE D5000 GTL 046 ACMS G 047 5790 A SH N 2W 048 MATH M 19 ABS MEM M 19 2 1 049 IEEE CAL START MAIN AI OPC I GTL 050 IEEE CAL NEXT OPC I GTL 051 HEAD Calibrating 3 2999mA 4 100Hz cal next is required for initial start after sending AIG330U if you send cal next 5520A tries to start the cal at that time 3 2999mA 8 100Hz 1 052 IEEE CLS OPER OPC I GTL 1 053 IEEE 250001 GTL 1 054 ACMS G 1 055 5790 A SH N 2W Calculate difference between the average value of both polarities of DC Current and the applied AC Current 1 056 MATH M 21 0 0032999 0032999 1 MEM M 17 Determine measurement frequency to retrieve correct AC DC difference value 1 057 IEEE OUT I GTL 1 058 MATH M 2 FLD MEM2 5 Figure 3 9 Sample MET CAL Program cont 3 19 5520A Service Manual 1 059 1 060 1 061 1 061 1 062 1 063 Correct Retrieve AC DC difference from data file named A40 10mA DOS get acdc A40 10mA JMPT 1 064 OPBR An error occurred during get acdc OPBR Press YES to try again or NO to terminate JMPT 1 059 JMP 1 231 the calculat
58. Example With a power output of 1V 1A 1kHz UNCERT Returns 2 00E 02 2 10E 02 PCT 4 60E 02 6 00E 02 PCT 3 16 Generating a Calibration Report Three different calibration reports are available from the 5520A each one either formatted for printing or in comma separated variable format for importation into a spreadsheet Using the REPORT SETUP softkey under UTILITY FUNCTS CAL you select lines per page calibration interval type of report format and which serial port to use The specification shown in these reports depends on the interval selected in the REPORT SETUP menu The three types of report are as follows e stored lists output shifts as a result of the most recent stored calibration constants 3 33 5520A Service Manual e active lists output shifts as a result of a calibration just performed but whose calibration constants are not yet stored consts which is a listing of the active set of raw calibration constant values 3 17 Performance Verification Tests The following tests are used to verify the performance of the 5520A Calibrator If an out of tolerance condition is found the instrument can be re calibrated using the front panel or the remote interface as described previously in this chapter Use the same test equipment and connection methods as used in the preceding calibration procedures Zero the 5520A Calibrator before testing by completing Zeroing the Calibrator as
59. Frequency Axis 11 801 Corrected Tolerance mV div Reading Reading 250 mV 1 MHz 20 0 lt 300 ps 250 mV 10 MHz 20 0 lt 350 ps 500 mV 1 MHz 50 0 lt 300 ps 500 mV 10 MHz 50 0 lt 350ps 1V 1 MHz 100 0 lt 300 ps 1V 10 MHz 100 0 lt 350 ps 2 5V 1 MHz 200 0 lt 300 ps 29 10 200 0 lt 350 ps 6 55 Edge Abberation Verification The following equipment is needed for this procedure Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope with SD22 26 sampling head Output cable provided with the SC600 Before you begin this procedure verify that the SC600 is in the edge mode the Edge menu is displayed and program it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Press to activate the output Connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the oscilloscope refering to Figure 6 7 Set the oscilloscope vertical to 10 mV div and horizontal to 1 ns div Set the oscilloscope to look at the 90 point of the edge signal use this point as the reference level Set the oscilloscope to look at the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display With these settings each vertical line on the oscilloscope represents a 1 aberration Determine that the SC600 falls within the typical specifications shown in Table 6 27 SC600 Option 6 Verification Table 6 27 Edge Aberrations Time from 50 of Rising Edge Typical Edge Aberrations 0 2ns lt 32 mV 3 2 2 5ns lt 22 mV 2 2 5 15ns lt 12 mV 1 2
60. Integer Days 2 Integer Hours CAL FACT Description Set the procedure fault action flag Procedures refer to both calibration and diagnostic procedures This command is more useful for diagnostics than calibration Parameter Character CONT to continue on faults or ABORT to abort on faults Example CAL FACT ABORT this is the default CAL_FACT Description Get the procedure fault action flag Response Character CONT or ABORT Example ABORT CAL_FAULT Description Get information about calibration error if one occurred Response 1 error number use EXPLAIN command to interpret 2 Name of step where error occurred 3 29 5520A Service Manual 3 30 CAL_INFO Description Return message or instructions associated with running step Response String the message string CAL_NEXT Description Continue a calibration procedure if it is waiting fora CAL_NEXT command Parameter Optional reference value used if it s waiting for a reference If the reference value has no unit the unit is assumed to be that returned by the CAL_REF command Example CAL_NEXT CAL_NEXT 2 999987 CAL_REF Description Return nominal value expected for reference entry Response 1 The nominal value 2 The accepted or implied unit 3 Example 3 000000e 00 V CAL_SKIP Description Skip to next entry point in calibration procedure CAL_SECT Description Skip to next section of calibration
61. Option PM 9678 or equivalent e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 5520A SC300 50300 Cable UA 50 NORMAL AUX PM 6680A yg123f eps Figure 6 21 Frequency Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify ac voltage frequency 6 89 5520A Service Manual 6 90 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer IMQ impedance and filter off Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 1 V at each frequency listed in Table 6 47 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 47 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 47 Table 6 47 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Calibration Mainframe PM 6680 Reading Frequency Frequency Tolerance output 2 1 V p p 10 Hz 0 01525 Hz 100 Hz 0 0175 Hz 1 kHz 0 04 Hz 10 kHz 0 265 Hz 6 119 Edge Amplitude Verification For the Edge Amplitude verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe the external 50 termin
62. Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter 50 Q feedthrough termination as required e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 For DC voltage verification refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display Then use the next sections to verify the DC Voltage function Verification at 1 MQ For the 1 MQ verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 1 MQ The blue softkey under Output Z toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 1 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 43 Press opr on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Allow the HP 3458A reading to stabilize then record the HP 3458A reading for each voltage in Table 6 43 4 Compare result to the tolerance column Verification at 50 Q For the 50 verification connect the SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable and the 50 Q termination connected to the BNC to Banana Plug adapter Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 50 Q The blue softkey under Output Z toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 1 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on 6 83
63. Packard 437B Range 42 to 5 6 dBm Frequency 10 600 MHz Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8482A Range 20 to 19 dBm Frequency 10 600 MHz Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8481D Range 42 to 20 dBm Frequency 10 600 MHz 30 dB Hewlett Packard Range 30 dB Reference 11708A Attenuator supplied with HP Frequency 50 MHz 8481D Adapter Hewlett Packard BNC f to Type N f PN 1250 1474 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Time Marker Verification Frequency PM 6680 with option 2 ns to 5 s 50 kHz to 600 MHz lt 0 15 ppm uncertainty Counter PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and PM 9690 or PM 9691 Adapter Pomona 3288 BNO f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Wave Generator Verification AC Fluke 5790A Range 1 8 mV p p to 55 V p p Measurement Standard Frequency 10 Hz to 100 kHz Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 6 26 SC600 Calibration Setup The procedures in this manual have been developed to provide users the ability to calibrate the SC600 at their own site if they are required to do so It is strongly recommended that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration and verification The Calibrator Mainframe must be fully calibrated prior to performing any of the SC600 calibration procedures The hardware adjustments are intended to be one time adjustments performed in the fact
64. Res on Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 52 4 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then record the 5790A s rms reading for each voltage listed in Table 6 52 5 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor of 2 8284 to convert it to the peak to peak value 6 Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column 6 95 5520A Service Manual Table 6 52 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification Calibrator Mainframe 5790A Reading 5790A Reading x 2 8284 Tolerance ae V rms V p p V p p 50 kHz 5 0 mV 0 4 mV 100mv T esmV 20 0 mV 0 7 mV 400mvV fT 141mV 50 0 mV 1 3 mV 100 0 mV 2 3 mV 200 0 mV 4 3 mV 400 0 mV 8 3 mV 500 0 mV 10 3 mV 48V TTT eo63vV 2 0 V 0 0403 V 55V 0 1103 V 6 125 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to 6 21 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Then follo
65. SC600 6 35 5520A Service Manual 6 36 Refer to Figure 6 6 for proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify Edge frequency 1 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 5 V at each frequency listed in Table 6 25 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 25 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 25 Table 6 25 Edge Frequency Verification Calibrator Mainframe Frequency PM 6680 Reading Frequency Tolerance output 2 5 V p p 1 kHz 0 0025 Hz 0 025 Hz 100 kHz 0 25 Hz 1 MHz 25Hz 10 MHz 25 Hz 6 53 Edge Duty Cycle Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 6680 Frequency Counter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 6 for proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press opr on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify Edge duty cycle 1 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION
66. U A INPUT 2 1000v RMS MAX HI av RMS MAX GROUND GUARM Set 5790A to external guard yg128f eps Figure 3 17 Connections for Verifying AC Current with a Metal Film Resistor 3 2999 mA and Below 3 43 5520A Service Manual 3 44 Table 3 27 Verification Tests for AC Current Range Output Frequency Lower Limit Upper Limit 329 99 LA 33 00 uA 1 kHz 32 87 uA 33 13 uA 329 99 LA 33 00 HA 10 kHz 32 60 uA 33 40 uA 329 99 LA 33 00 HA 30 kHz 32 20 HA 33 80 uA 329 99 LA 190 00 uA 45 Hz 189 71 uA 190 29 uA 329 99 LA 190 00 uA 1 kHz 189 71 uA 190 29 uA 329 99 LA 190 00 uA 10 kHz 188 66 uA 191 34 uA 329 99 LA 190 00 uA 30 kHz 187 32 uA 192 68 uA 329 99 LA 329 00 10 Hz 328 37 pA 329 63 329 99 uA 329 00 uA 45 Hz 328 57 uA 329 43 LA 329 99 uA 329 00 uA 1 kHz 328 57 uA 329 43 LA 329 99 LA 329 00 HA 5 kHz 328 03 uA 329 97 329 99 LA 329 00 uA 10 kHz 326 83 LA 331 17 uA 329 99 LA 329 00 LA 30 kHz 324 65 LA 333 35 LA 3 2999 mA 0 3300 mA 1 kHz 0 3296 mA 0 3304 mA 3 2999 mA 0 3300 mA 5 kHz 0 3293 mA 0 3307 mA 3 2999 mA 0 3300 mA 30 kHz 0 3268 mA 0 3332 mA 3 2999 mA 1 9000 mA 1 kHz 1 8983 mA 1 9017 mA 3 2999 mA 1 9000 mA 10 kHz 1 8921 mA 1 9079 mA 3 2999 mA 1 9000 mA 30 kHz 1 8842 mA 1 9158 mA 3 2999 mA 3 2900 mA 10 Hz
67. a step or SKIP STEP to skip over a step 3 Youenter the measured results either manually through the front panel keyboard or remotely with an external terminal or computer Note Intermixed with the output and measure procedures are internal 5520A calibration procedures that require no action by the operator 4 The 5520A computes a software correction factor and stores it in volatile memory 5 When the calibration process is compete you are prompted to either store all the correction factors in nonvolatile memory or discard them and start over For routine calibration all steps except frequency and phase are necessary All the routine calibration steps are available from the front panel interface as well as the remote interface IEEE 488 or serial Frequency and phase calibration are recommended after instrument repair and are available only by way of the remote interface IEEE 488 or serial Remote commands for calibration are described later in this chapter Starting Calibration From the front panel you start calibration by pressing the key followed by the CAL softkey twice then 5520A CAL The CALIBRATION SWITCH on the 5520A rear panel can be in either position when you begin calibration It must be set for ENABLE to store the correction factors into nonvolatile memory After you press the 5520A CAL softkey the procedure works as follows 1 The 5520A automatically programs the outputs and prompts you to make external co
68. and measuring amplifier e An A D Analog to Digital measurement system for monitoring all functions e Self calibration circuitry e Zero calibration circuitry 9 Precision voltage channel DAC VDAC e Precision current channel DAC IDAC e Dual channel DDS Direct Digital Synthesizer These functional blocks when used with the Voltage A8 and or Current A7 assemblies provide single or dual channel ac and dc volts amps and watts offsettable and nonsinusoidal waveforms duty cycle thermocouple measuring and sourcing internal calibration and diagnostics and digital control over all the analog assemblies DACS are used to control the level of dc signals and to control the amplitude of ac signals 2 5 5520A Service Manual 2 5 2 6 The dual channel DDS Direct Digital Synthesizer generates finely stepped digital waveforms that take the form of sine triangular and other waveforms Current Assembly A7 The Current assembly outputs six current ranges 330 WA 3 3 mA 33 mA 330 mA 3 A and 20 A and three voltage ranges 330 mV 3 3 V and 5V to the AUX outputs The 20 A outputs are sourced through the 20 A AUX binding posts The Current assembly works together with the DDS A6 assembly The Filter A12 assembly provides the high current power supplies The Current assembly A7 contains the following blocks e A floating supply e Several stages of transconductance amplifier e Current sensing
69. board For a diagram of all Calibrator Mainframe board assemblies refer to Figure 2 1 6 19 Voltage Mode All signals for the voltage function are generated from the A51 Voltage Video board a daughter card to the A50 board A dc reference voltage is supplied to the A51 board from the A6 DDS board all dc and ac oscilloscope output voltages are derived from this signal and generated on the A51 board The output of the A51 board is passed to the A50 Signal board also attached to the A50 board and attenuator module and is then cabled to the output connectors on the front panel The reference dc signal is used to generate both and dc and ac signals that are amplified or attenuated to provide the complete range of output signals 6 20 Edge Mode The edge clock originates on the DDS A6 board and is passed to the A50 board The signal is then shaped and split to generate the fast edge and external trigger signals The edge signal is passed from the A50 board first to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel 6 21 Leveled Sine Wave Mode All of the leveled sine wave signals from 50 kHz to 600 MHz are produced on the A50 board The leveled sine wave signal is passed from the A50 board to the on board attenuator assembly The attenuator assembly provides range attenuation and also contains a po
70. determine ac power uncertainty with more precision see the individual DC Voltage Specifications and DC Current Specifications and Calculating Power Uncertainty 2 Add 0 02 unless a settling time of 30 seconds is allowed for output currents gt 10 A or for currents on the highest two current ranges within 30 seconds of an output current 10 A 5520A Service Manual 1 20 1 20 Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications Power Voltages Voltages F Frequency NORMAL Currents AUX d dc 0 to 1020 V 0 to 20 5 A Oto 7V 10 Hz to 45 Hz 33 mV to 32 9999 V 3 3 mA to 2 99999 A 10 mV to 5 V 0 to 1 45 Hz to 65 Hz 33 mV to 1000 V 3 3 mA to 20 5 A 10 mV to5V 0 to 1 65 Hz to 500 Hz 330 mV to 1000 V 33 mA to 2 99999 A 100 mV to 5 V 0 to 1 65 Hz to 500 Hz 3 3 V to 1000 V 33 mA to 20 5 A 100 mV to5V 0 to 1 500 Hz to 1 kHz 1 kHz to 5 kHz 5 kHz to 10 kHz Notes these points outputs is 0 015 330 mV to 1000 V 8 3 V to 1000 V 1 3 3 V to 1000 V 2 33 mA to 20 5 A 33 mA to 2 99999 A 33 mA to 329 99 mA 1 In dual voltage output mode voltage is limited to 3 3 V to 500 V in the NORMAL output 2 In dual voltage output mode voltage is limited to 3 3 V to 250 V in the NORMAL output The range of voltages and currents shown in DC Voltage Specifications DC Current Specifications AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications and AC Current Sine
71. eee need e eng 3 27 200 uF to 110 mF Capacitance Verification eee 3 28 Capacitance Measurement sese sese eee eee eee eee nennen 3 29 Measurement Uncertainty sese ee eree eee 3 30 Verifying Thermocouple Simulation Sourcing 3 31 Verifying Thermocouple 3 32 Verifying Phase Accuracy Volts and AUX Volts 3 33 Verifying Phase Accuracy Volts and 3 34 Verifying Frequency Accuracy sees ee eee 4 UE sau 4 1 TA trOMUCHOM feet 4 2 Access Procedures eei 4 3 Removing Analog Modules seen 4 4 Removing the Main CPU A9 ii Contents continued 4 5 Removing Rear Panel Assembies sees eee eee eee eee eee 4 6 Removing the Filter PCA A12 4 7 Removing the Encoder A2 and Display PCAs 4 8 Removing the Keyboard and Accessing the Output Block 4 9 Diagnostic Vestine nni 4 10 Running Dia eiie doeet nter ee kde eterne 4 11 Testing the Front Panel eese 4 12 Complete List of Error Messages sese List of Replaceable Parts eese 5 1 Introduction 2 bs Savecewes E E E 5 2 How to Obtain P
72. f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 e second BNC cable Connect the BNC cable supplied with the SC300 to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to one BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter then to the DSO s sampling head through the 3 dB attenuator Using the second BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and BNC cable connect the Calibrator Mainframe s TRIG OUT connector to the 11801 s Trigger Input Refer to Figure 6 22 SC300 Option 6 Verification Tek 11801 5520A SC300 With SD26 Sampling Head FLUKE 6520A CALIBRATOR 3 dB Attenaator ia 3 5 mm m f TRY aall SCOPE Ars ENIM N BNC F to 3 5 mm m Adapter yg124f eps Figure 6 22 Edge Rise Time Verification Setup The Calibrator Mainframe should be in SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Press the softkey under TRIG to select the TRIG 1 External Trigger output Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 250 mV 1 kHz Set the DSO to these parameters Digital Storage Oscilloscope Setup Main Time Base position initial 40 ns Horizontal scale 500 ps div Measurement Function Rise Time 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage and frequency listed in Table 6 50 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Change the vertical scale of the DSO to the
73. frequency 6 2516 High frequency at 5 5 VY 6 46 6 101 Low frequency 6 24 6 82 Low frequency at 5 5 V 6 46 6 101 Low frequency equipment setup 6 40 Frequency Verification 6 41 6 96 Harmonics Verification 6 42 97 Theory of Operation 6 12 6 71 Leveled Sine Wave Function Specifications 6 8 6 68 local operation 1 4 M Main CPU assembly A9 Theory 2 8 MeasZ Capacitance Verification 6 55 3 Service Manual MeasZ function Calibration 6 26 MeasZ Function Capacitance Specifications Resistance Specifications MeasZ Resistance Verification 6 54 O operation overview 1 4 Overload function Verification 6 56 Overload Function Specifications 6 12 p Parts how to obtain 5 3 Performance verification See Verification phase specifications 1 21 Phase Accuracy Volts and AUX Volts Verification 3 54 Phase Accuracy Volts and Current Verification 3 55 power and dual output limit specifications 1 20 Power supplies 2 8 Inguard supplies Outguard power uncertainty calculating 122 Pulse Function Trigger Specifications 6 10 Pulse Generator Function Specifications 6 10 Pulse period verification 6 54 Pulse Width function Calibration 6 25 equipment setup 6 25 Verification equipment setup Pulse width verification R remote commands 3 28 remote operation IEEE 488 remote opera
74. from the front panel Enable the SC300 and wait at least 5 minutes Enter Scope Cal mode by pressing the front panel key CAL blue softkey second CAL blue softkey and SCOPE CAL blue softkey Entering Scope Cal mode prior to having the SC300 enabled for at least 5 minutes will cause a warning message to be displayed All equipment specified for SC300 calibration must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be maintained and operating within their normal specified operating environment It is also important to ensure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up prior to its use Refer to each equipment s operating manual for details Before you begin calibration you may wish to review all of the procedures in advance to ensure you have the resources to complete them 6 76 SC300 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions The Calibrator Mainframe first prompts the user to calibrate the DC Voltage function If another function is to be calibrated alternately press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the desired function is reached 6 101 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave 6 102 6 103 Functions The AC Voltage and Edge functions have square wave voltages that need to be calibrated and verified The HP3458A digital multimeter can be programmed from either the front panel or over the remote interface to make these measurements Overview of HP3458A Opera
75. in Figure 3 12 8 Measure and enter the values into the UUT for calibration steps 9 through 11 in Table 3 15 as prompted 9 Disconnect the DMM from the UUT and connect it to the Fluke 742A 10M Resistance Standard Scale the 10 MQ DMM range to the Resistance Standard as described in the HP3458A user documentation 10 Connect the UUT to the DMM in a 2 wire ohms configuration as shown in Figure 3 12 11 Measure and enter the values into the UUT for calibration steps 12 and 13 in Table 3 15 as prompted 12 Disconnect the DMM from the UUT and connect it to the Guildline 9334 100M Resistance Standard as shown in Figure 3 13 Scale the 100 MQ DMM range to the Resistance Standard as described in the HP3458A user documentation 13 Connect the UUT to the DMM in a 2 wire ohms configuration as shown in Figure 3 12 3 21 5520A Service Manual 14 15 16 17 18 Measure and enter the values into the UUT for calibration steps 14 and 15 in Table 3 15 as prompted Disconnect the DMM from the UUT and connect it to the Guildline 9334H 1G Resistance Standard Scale the 1 GQ DMM range to the Resistance Standard as described in the HP3458A user documentation Connect the UUT to the DMM in a 2 wire ohms configuration as shown in Figure 3 12 Measure and enter the value into the UUT for calibration step 16 in Table 3 15 as prompted Verify that the UUT is in Standby and disconnect the test equipment Table 3 15 C
76. necessary timing and reading storage Please refer to the HP 3458A operator s documentation for more information Proceed as follows to measure high end capacitance 1 Connect the Fluke 5700A 5520A HP 3458A DMM and computer as shown in Figure 3 18 below See Table 3 29 for the equipment required 2 Lock the HP 3458A in the 10 V dc range Program the meter to take 100 samples at 1 ms aperture width and a 100 ms sweep for a total of 10 seconds on a trigger command d Enter the desired capacitance on the 5520A and place the 5520A into Operate mode Enter the predetermined DCI level on the 5700A Set the 5700A to Operate As soon as the calibrator s remote status indicates a settled condition your computer program should trigger the HP 3458A reading sequence Voltage sensing is performed at the 5520A output 8 Atthe completion of the measurement set the 5700A to Standby and then retrieve the data from the HP 3458A cb EN UA CAR Note If operating under manual control and you do not activate the 5700A Standby key in a timely manner either the 5520A or 5700A will automatically trip into Standby because of an overload condition This is acceptable and should not affect the readings over the 10 second measurement period 9 The capacitance is computed as the product of the dc current and the ratio of the time interval 10 seconds divided by V oui V nh L 3 48 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verificatio
77. nennen 6 27 Edge Aberrations titt nte cett e tkt pa 6 28 Tunnel Diode Pulser Amplitude Verification eee 6 29 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification sss sees eee eee 6 30 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification sees eee eee eee ee eee 6 31 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification eese 6 32 Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 Y 6 33 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V 6 34 Time Marker Verification cccccccesscecsseceesseceeaeeceeeeecsaeeeeaaeceeaeeceeeeesaeeseaaeeeenees 6 35 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MGL 6 36 Wave Generator Verification at 50 OQ rennen 6 37 Pulse Width Verification niti eee teen ederet eerie be ee Eben 6 38 Pulse Period Verification iiien ae eene nennen nennen nenne 6 39 MeasZ Resistance Verification see eee eee eee 6 40 MeasZ Capacitance Verification rennen nennen 6 41 SC300 Calibration and Verification Equipment eese 6 42 AC Square Wave Voltage and Edge Settings for the HP3458A 6 43 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MG 6 44 DC Voltage Verification at 50 OQ eene 6 45 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MG 6 46 AC Voltage Verification at 50 C 6 47 AC Voltage Frequency Verification eene 6 48 Edge Amplification Verification sss sees eee eee eee eee 6 49 Edge Frequency Verification sessi nene ennt entente nennen 6 50 Edge Rise Time
78. p p amplitude 1 Frequency Range 10 Hz to 100 kHz Resolution 4 or 5 digits depending upon frequency 5 C 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 25 ppm 15 mHz 1 The dc offset plus the wave signal must not exceed 30 V rms 6 69 5520A Service Manual 6 91 Trigger Signal Specifications for the Time Marker Function Time Marker Division Ratio 1 Amplitude into Typical Rise Time Period 50 p p 5 to 50 ms off 1 21V lt 2ns 20 ms to 100 ns off 1 10 100 21V lt 2ns 50 to 10 ns off 10 100 21V 2ns 5102ns off 100 21V lt 2ns 6 92 Trigger Signal Specifications for the Edge Function Edge Signal Division Ratio Ampitudeinto Typical Rise Time Frequency 50 Q p p 1 kHz to 1 MHz off 1 21V 2 ns 6 70 SC300 Option 6 Theory of Operation 6 93 Theory of Operation 6 94 6 95 6 96 The following discussion provides a brief overview of the following SC300 operating modes voltage edge leveled sine wave time marker and wave generator This discussion will allow you to identify which of the main plug in boards of the Calibrator Mainframe are defective Figure 6 18 shows a block diagram of the SC300 Option also referred to as the A50 board Functions that are not depicted in the figure are generated from the DDS Assembly A6 board For a diagram of all Calibrator Mainframe board assemblies refer to Figure 2 1 Voltage Mode
79. procedure CAL_START Description Start a calibration procedure Parameter 1 Procedure name MAIN is the procedure for the 5520A minus any scope cal option ZERO is the internal procedure to correct zero offsets OHMSZERO is the internal procedure to touch up resistance offsets SCOPE is the procedure for the 5520A SC300 scope cal option SC600 is the procedure for the 5520A SC600 scope cal option DIAG is the diagnostic pseudo cal procedure NOT aborts a procedure after the step underway Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Remote Commands 2 Optional name of the step at which to start If this parameter is not provided it starts at the beginning Example CAL_START MAIN CAL_START MAIN DVG3_3 CAL_STATE Description Return state of calibration Response RUN Running a calibration step REF Waiting for a CAL_NEXT with reference measurement value INS Instruction available waiting for a CAL_NEXT NOT Not in a calibration procedure or at end of one CAL_STEP Description Return name of step currently running Response Char the step name Example IDAC_RATIO running IDAC ratio calibration NOT not running a calibration procedure now CAL_STORE Description Store new calibration constants CAL switch must be ENABLEd CAL_STORE Description Return whether a cal store is needed Response 1 is yes 0 if no CAL_SW Description Return the setting of the calibration enable
80. range 66 mV 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits on each range 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 14V 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on each range 1 kHz to 10 kHz 3 5 0 4 0 5 1 To convert p p to rms for square wave multiply the p p value by 0 5 2 Uncertainty is stated in p p Amplitude is verified using an rms responding DMM 3 Limited to 1 kHz for Auxiliary outputs gt 6 6 V p p Introduction and Specifications 1 Additional Specifications 1 28 AC Voltage DC Offset Specifications Offset Range Max 1 Year Absolute Offset Kas 2 Peak Uncertainty tcal 5 C 3 Normal Channel Signal dc output floor Sine Waves rms 3 3 mV to 32 999 mV 0 to 50 mV 80 mV 0 1 33 uV 33 mV to 329 999 mV 0 to 500 mV 800 mV 0 1 330 uV 0 33 mV to 3 29999 V 0to5V 0 1 3300 uV 3 3 V to 32 9999 V 0 to 50 V 55V 0 1 33 mV Triangle Waves and Truncated Sine Waves p p 9 3 mV to 92 999 mV 0 to 50 mV 80 mV 0 1 93 uV 93 mV to 929 999 mV 0 to 500 mV 800 mV 0 1 930 uV 0 93 mV to 9 29999 V 0to5V 8v 0 1 9300 uV 9 3 mV to 92 9999 V 0 to 50 V 55V 0 1 93 mV Square Waves p p 6 6 mV to 65 999 mV 0 to 50 mV 80 mV 0 1 66 uV 66 mV to 659 999 mV 0 to 500 mV 800 mV 0 1 660 0 66 mV to 6 59999 V 0to5V 0 1 6600 uV 6 6 mV to 65 9999 V 0 to 50 V 55V 0 1 66 mV 1 Offsets are not allowed on ranges above the h
81. set of four commands control the operation of the SERIAL 2 TO UUT serial port See Chapter 6 of the 5520A Operators Manual for a discussion of the UUT_ commands The SERIAL 2 TO UUT port is also used to connect to the Fluke 700 series pressure modules Remote Operation IEEE 488 The 55204 rear panel IEEE 488 port is a fully programmable parallel interface bus meeting standard IEEE 488 1 and supplemental standard IEEE 488 2 Under the remote control of an instrument controller the 5520A Calibrator operates exclusively as a talker listener You can write your own programs using the IEEE 488 command set or run the optional Windows based MET CAL software See the 5520A Operators Manual for a discussion of the general commands available for IEEE 488 operation and Chapter 3 of this manual for remote commands used for 5520A calibration Introduction and Specifications 1 Service Information 1 6 1 7 SERIAL 1 FROM HOST port COM port 2 PC or Terminal RS 232 Remote Operation using the SERIAL 1 FROM HOST port SERIAL 2 SERIAL 1 FROM HOST port TO UUT port i COM port 5520A Unit Under Test RS 232 Remote Operation using the SERIAL 1 FROM HOST and SERI
82. switch Response Integer 1 for enable 0 for normal Example 1 EOFSTR Description Sets the End Of File character string used for calibration reports The maximum length is two characters The EOF setting is saved in nonvolatile memory Parameter The EOF string two characters maximum 3 31 5520A Service Manual 3 32 EOFSTR Description Returns the End Of File character string used for calibration reports Parameter None Response String The End Of File character string PR_RPT Description Prints a self calibration report out the selected serial port Parameter 1 Type of report to print STORED ACTIVE or CONSTS 2 Format of report PRINT designed to be read SPREAD designed to be loaded into a spreadsheet 3 Calibration interval to be used for instrument specifications in the report I90D 90 day specifications or I1Y 1 year specifications 4 Serial port out which to print report HOST or UUT Example PR STORED PRINT I90D HOST RPT Description Returns a self calibration report Parameter 1 Type of report to return STORED ACTIVE or CONSTS 2 Format of report PRINT designed to be read SPREAD designed to be loaded into a spreadsheet 3 Calibration interval to be used for instrument specifications in the report I90D 90 day specifications or I1Y 1 year specifications Example RPT STORED PRINT I90D RPT PLEN Description Sets the page length used for calibration reports Th
83. the calibration procedure is resumed at the previous point using the newly characterized shunt The following example explains this procedure 1 Perform the dc current calibration procedure 2 Using Table 3 11 select the first required current shunt A40 10 mA 3 14 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 3 Perform a dc characterization of the shunt at the amplitude specified in the table as demonstrated above 4 Restart the ac current calibration procedure and using the blue softkeys perform the SKIP STEP command to reach the step s requiring the newly characterized shunt 5 Place the 5520A in OPERATE and measure the ac voltage across the shunt 6 Using the data derived during the dc characterization and the ac correction factors supplied for the shunt by the manufacturer calculate the ac current and enter this value into the calibrator 7 Continue this process until Table 3 11 is complete Following are some important remote commands used in this procedure e CAL START MAIN AI Star the ac current calibration procedure e CAL SKIP Skip to the appropriate calibration step CAL_ABORT Used to exit calibration between steps CAL_NEXT Perform the next calibration step e CAL_STORE Store the new calibration constants Because of the complexity of this procedure it is highly recommended that the process be automated See Figure 3 9 fora MET CAL code fragment that demonstrates an automated approach The
84. to Fluke for calibration and verification Hardware adjustments that are made after repair at the factory or designated Fluke service centers are provided in detail Maintenance There are no maintenance techniques or diagnostic remote commands for the SC600 that are available to users If your SC600 is not installed or not receiving power the following error message appears on the display when you press to access the oscilloscope calibration menus 4 LZ LZ E33 L om030i eps If this message is displayed and you have the SC600 installed in your Calibrator Mainframe you must return the Calibrator Mainframe to Fluke for repair If you wish to purchase the SC600 contact your Fluke sales representative 6 5 5520A Service Manual 6 6 6 3 SC600 Specifications These specifications apply only to the SC600 Option General specifications that apply to the Calibrator Mainframe hereafter termed the Calibrator can be found in Chapter 1 The specifications are valid under the following conditions e The Calibrator is operated under the conditions specified in Chapter 1 e The Calibrator has completed a warm up period of at least twice the length of time the calibrator was powered off up to a maximum of 30 minutes e The SC600 Option has been active longer than 5 minutes 6 4 Volt Specifications Table 6 1 Volt Specifications Volt Function dc Signal Sq
85. to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Low Frequency Calibration and Verification AC Measurement Fluke 5790A Range 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Standard with 03 option Frequency 50 kHz to 10 MHz Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Spectrum Analyzer HP 8590A Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with 90600 Pulse Period Edge Frequency AC Voltage Frequency Verification Frequency Counter PM 6680 with option PM 20 ms to 150 ns 10 Hz to 10 MHz lt 0 15 ppm 9690 or PM 9691 _uncertainty BNC Cable supplied with SC600 DEEP Y Edge Duty Cycle Frequency Counter PM 6680 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 pC verload Functional Verification Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 6852 Resistance Capacitance Verification Resistors 1 MQ and 50 nominal values Capacitors 50 pF nominal value at the end of BNC f connector Adapters to connect resistors and capacitors to BNC f connector BNC Cable supplied with SC600 96600 Option 90600 Calibration Setup 6 Table 6 15 SC600 Calib ration and Verification Equipment cont Leveled Sine Wave Flatness High Frequency Calibration and Verification Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Power Meter Hewlett
86. value listed in the table Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the edge signal is centered on the display Record the rise time measurement in column A of Table 6 50 Refer to Figure 6 23 3 Correct the rise time measurement by accounting for the SD 22 26 sampling head s rise time The SD 22 26 rise time is specified as lt 28 ps Column B sqrt Column AY SD 22 26 rise time 4 The edge rise time measured should be less than the time indicated in Table 6 50 6 93 5520A Service Manual Rise time measures between these two points Table 6 50 Edge Rise Time Verification Figure 6 23 Edge Rise Time om033i eps Calibrator Mainframe Output DSO A B beers 11801 C ted Tol i olerance Voltage Frequency Axis Readin di mV div 5 9 250 1 MHZ 20 0 lt 400 ps 500 mV 1 MHz 50 0 lt 400 ps 1V 1 MHz 100 0 lt 400 ps 2 5V 1 MHz 200 0 lt 400 ps 6 123 Edge Abberation Verification The following equipment is needed for this procedure 6 94 Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope with SD22 26 sampling head Output cable provided with the SC300 Before you begin this procedure verify that the 5520A SC300 is in the edge mode the Edge menu is displayed and program it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Press to activate the output Connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the oscilloscope as in Figure 6 22 Set the oscilloscope vertical to 10 m
87. 0 V range 4 1 ppm of reading 0 05 ppm of range e HP 3458A time base uncertainty 100 ppm e UUT Fluke 5520A 3 0 mF 0 44 While the HP 3458A dc volts accuracy is not specified for sample rates other than NPLC of 100 Fluke testing indicates the DMM is within 25 ppm for the fast sample rate Adding the error terms yields 62 5 ppm 25 ppm 100 ppm 187 5 ppm or 0 018796 for a test uncertainty ratio TUR 20 1 The DMM has a number of other error sources linearity uncertainty on the 10 V range at 296 of full scale uncertainty in fast sample mode and internal trigger timing uncertainty are all of concern Furthermore the current source accuracy is not independent of the continuously changing compliance voltage Fluke tests were performed to quantify each of these error sources and none were found to contribute more than 0 02 This is not significant relative to the 5520A capacitance verification See Table 3 28 in this chapter for capacitance verification tests 5520A Service Manual 3 30 Verifying Thermocouple Simulation Sourcing Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 30 Use the HP3458A DMM as the measurement device Use copper connectors and copper wires Table 3 30 Verification Tests for Thermocouple Simulation TC Type Output C Lower Limit mV Upper Limit mV 10 uV C 0 00 C 0 0000 mV 0 0030 0 0030 100 00 C 1 0000 mV 0 99696 1 00304 100 00 C 1 0000 mV
88. 00 A 5000 0 Hz Fluke A40 2A 17 2 00000 A 60 00 Hz Fluke A40 2A 18 2 00000 A 100 00 Hz Fluke A40 2A 19 2 00000 A 440 00 Hz Fluke A40 2A AUX 20A Lo 20 10 0000 A 100 00 Hz Fluke A40A 20 A 21 10 0000 A 500 00 Hz Fluke A40A 20 A 22 10 0000 A 1000 00 Hz Fluke A40A 20 A 23 10 0000 A 60 00 Hz Fluke A40A 20 A 24 10 0000 A 100 00 Hz Fluke A40A 20 A 25 10 0000 A 440 00 Hz Fluke A40A 20 A Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 5790A FLUKE 5790A 2CMEASUREMENT Set the 5790A to external guard INPUT 1 A INPUT 2 1000V AMS MAX 1000V AMS MAX SHELL FLOATING SHUNT 3V RMS MAX A40A Shunt Ensure the UUT is connected to the shunt INPUT Figure 3 8 Connections for Calibrating AC Current with a Fluke A40A Shunt FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX SCOPE V 0 ATD A N SENSE AUX V A yg129f eps 3 17 5520A Service Manual 3 18 Fluke Corporation Worldwide Support Center MET CAL Procedure INSTRUMENT DATE AUTHOR REVISION ADJUSTMENT THRESHOLD NUMBER OF TESTS NUMBER OF LINES CONFIGURATION Sub Fluke 5520A ACI ADJ 22 Sep 98 Gary Bennett Metrology Specialist 0 6 70 1 487 Fluke 5790A STEP FSC RANGE NOMINAL TOLERANCE MOD1 MOD2 3 4 CON 10 Sep 98 changed Cal_Info commands to Out and checked for 10A needs cal_next to get past display check for 0 out when
89. 00 to 630 0 10 0 12 630 to 800 0 21 0 23 200 to 80 0 04 0 05 80 to 0 0 085 0 08 Ptsss 0 to 100 0 07 0 07 1000 Q 10010300 0 08 0 09 300 to 400 0 09 0 10 400 to 630 0 10 0 12 20010 190 0 25 0 25 190to 80 0 04 oo4 80 to 0 0 05 oos 0to100 0 06 0 06 PtNi385 100 to 260 0 06 0 07 1200 260 to 300 0 07 0 08 Ni120 300 to 400 0 08 0 09 427 400 to 600 0 08 0 10 109 8 600 to 630 0 21 0 23 200t0 80 0 03 80 to 0 0 03 0 04 Oto 100 004 0 04 100 to 260 0 04 0 05 26010300 011 0 12 300 to 400 0 12 0 13 400 to 600 012 0 14 600 to 630 0 14 6 Range Absolute C Uncertainty teal 5 C m C 2 1 year 20010 80 0 03 0 04 80 to 0 0 04 0 05 0 to 100 0 05 0 05 100 to 260 0 06 0 06 260 to 300 0 07 0 08 300 to 400 0 07 0 08 400 to 600 0 08 0 09 600 to 630 0 09 0 11 200t0 80 0 03 0 08 80 to 0 0 03 0 03 0 to 100 0 03 0 04 100 to 260 0 04 0 05 260 to 300 0 05 0 06 300 to 400 0 05 0 07 400 to 600 0 06 0 07 600 to 630 0 22 0 23 80 to 0 006 0 08 0 to 100 0 07 0 08 100 to 260 0 13 0 14 100 to 260 0 3 0 3 1 2 9 Resolution is 0 003 C Applies for COMP OFF to the 5520A Calibrator front panel NORMAL terminals and 2 wire and 4 wire compensation Based on MINCO Application Aid No 18 Introduction and Specifications Specifications 1 1 18 DC Power Specification Summary 90
90. 1 H71 76 SCREW PH P LOCK SS 6 32 500 320051 6 2 J1 J2 CONN COAX BNC F CABLE 412858 FRONT PANEL MODIFIED 937284 1 2 PANEL FRONT 626108 1 2 MP6 OUTPUT BLOCK 625704 1 MP8 DECAL OUTPUT BLOCK 625731 1 MP9 LENS BEZEL 945246 1 MP11 ADHESIVE BEZEL 945258 1 1 MP13 LCD MODULE 16X2 CHAR TRANSMISS 929179 1 MP14 LCD MODULE 40X2 CHAR TRANSMISS 929182 1 MP18 DECAL POWER ON OFF 886312 1 MP20 DECAL KEYPAD 886304 1 F MP22 KNOB ENCODER GREY 868794 1 MP24 POWER BUTTON ON OFF 775888 1 MP31 CLAMP TOROID 627080 1 MP32 MP33 GASKET FRONT PANEL 627072 2 MP34 GASKET CONDUCTIVE 627064 1 MP35 CLAMP CABLE 50 ID ADHESIVE MO 688629 1 MP36 _GROMMET SLOT RUBBER 406 062 501593 1 MP38 MP39 MOUNT SHOCK FOAM ADHES 312 6 107687 2 MP40 MP41 CLIP FLAT CABLE FERRITE CORE 643822 2 5 7 5520A Service Manual Table 5 2 Front Panel Assembly cont Reference Description Fluke Total Designator Stock No Quantity MP42 MP43 CORE FERRITE FLAT CABLE 2 0W 2 643814 2 MP47 CABLE ACCESS TIE 11 00L 19W 3 501734 1 MP48 SHIELD DISPLAY 661717 1 MP55 GROMMET EXTRUDED POLYETHYLENE 854351 1 MP67 TAPE FOAM VINYL 500 062 282152 1 MP66 BEZEL FRONT PANEL 945238 1 S7 KEYPAD ELASTOMERIC 1586668 1 W99 CABLE OUTPUT TO MOTHER BOARD 625936 1 5 8 5 List of Replaceab
91. 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits 1 kHz to 10 kHz 102 0 66 mA to 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 4 0 5 Two digits 6 59999 mA 1 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 40 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits 1 kHz to 10 kHz 102 6 6 mA to 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits 65 9999 mA 1 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 4 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits 1 kHz to 10 kHz 102 66 mA to 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits 659 999 mA 1 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 4 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 5 1 kHz to 10 kHz 102 0 66 A to 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 5 1 0 Six digits 5 99999 A 2 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 5 0 5 1 kHz to 10 kHz 10 2 6 Ato 41A 2 45 Hz to 500 Hz 0 5 0 5 500 Hz to 1 kHz 1 0 1 0 1 Frequency limited to 1 kHz with LCOMP on 2 Frequency limited to 440 Hz with LCOMP on Introduction and Specifications Additional Specifications 1 1 33 AC Current Square Wave Characteristics typical Range LCOMP Risetime Settling Time Overshoot 1 lt 6A 400 Hz off 25 us 40 us to 1 of final value 1096 for 1 V Compliance 3A amp 20A on 100 us 200 us to 196 of final value 1096 for 1 V Ranges Compliance 1 34 AC Current Triangle Wave Characteristics typical Linearity to 400 Hz Aberrations 0 3 of p p value from 1096 to 90 point 1 of p p value with amplitude gt 50 of range 5520A Service Manual 1 32 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 0 2 10
92. 14 MP15 MP BOTTOM FOOT MOLDED GRAY 47 868786 4 22 MP24 MP25 AIDE PCB PULL 541730 1 MP26 MP19 LABEL CALIB CERTIFICATION SEA 802306 2 MP29 32 GRND STRIP CU FINGERS 32 12 5 601770 4 MP33MP34 GRNDSTRIP CU FINGERS ADHES 3 601762 2 MP35 MP36 GRNDSTRIP CU FINGERS ADHES 3 601762 2 MP88 TAPE FOAM POLYUR WILINER 3125 608134 1 Indicates a device that may be damaged by static discharge List of Replaceable Parts How to Obtain Parts 5 co e T e L T x lt E Figure 5 1 Chassis Assembly 5520A Final Assembly 5 of 6 5 5 5520A Service Manual 5 6 4X 030 MIN MP33 M36 FT LY DETAIL C MP29 M32 4X IGHT OR LE SIDE PANEL l Figure 5 1 Chassis Assembly cont SCALE 2X DETAIL D SCALE 2X 5520A A64 4 of 6 List of Replaceable Parts How to Obtain Parts 5 Table 5 2 Front Panel Assembly Reference Description Fluke Total Designator Stock No Quantity H1 14 H28 _SCREW PH P LOCK STL 6 32 250 152140 15 H15 18 _SCREW CAP SCKT SS 8 32 375 295105 4 H19 27 H36 H37 SCREW WH P THD FORM STL 5 20 494641 11 H29 H60 H61 BINDING POST RED 886382 3 H38 041 H50 55 WASHER LOW THERMAL 48 859939 10 H42 45 H63 68 NUT LOW THERMAL 8 32 850334 10 H46 49 SCREW PH P LOCK STL 6 32 625 152181 4 H58 H62 BINDING POST BLACK 886379 2 BINDING POST BLUE 886366
93. 18 1000 to 1800 0 38 0 50 410 to 1300 0 21 0 27 1800 to 2316 0 63 0 84 0 to 250 0 48 0 57 250 to 100 0 38 0 50 250 to 400 0 28 0 35 100 to 25 0 12 0 16 400 to 1000 0 26 0 33 25 to 350 0 10 0 14 on 1000 to 1767 0 30 0 40 350 to 650 0 12 0 16 S 0 to 250 0 47 0 47 650 to 1000 0 16 0 21 250 to 1000 0 30 0 36 210 to 100 0 20 0 27 1000 to 1400 0 28 0 37 100 to 30 0 12 0 16 1400 to 1767 0 34 0 46 30 to 150 0 10 0 14 T 250 to 150 0 48 0 63 150 to 760 0 13 0 17 150 to 0 0 18 0 24 760 to 1200 0 18 0 23 0 to 120 0 12 0 16 200 to 100 0 25 0 33 120 to 400 0 10 0 14 100 to 25 0 14 0 18 200 to 0 0 56 0 56 25 to 120 0 12 0 16 0 to 600 0 27 0 27 120 to 1000 0 19 0 26 1000 to 1372 0 30 0 40 1 Temperature standard ITS 90 or IPTS 68 is selectable TC simulating and measuring are not specified for operation in electromagnetic fields above 0 4 V m 2 Resolution is 0 01 C 3 Does not include thermocouple error 5520A Service Manual 1 17 Temperature Calibration RTD Specifications RTD Type 100 Q 100 Q 100 Q 200 Q Pt 395 Pt 3926 Pt 3916 Pt 385 Range Absolute RTD C Uncertainty Type 1 tcal 5 C C 2 90 days 1 year 001080 0 04 0 08 80 to 0 0 05 0 05 500 Q Oto 100 007 0 07 100 to 300 0 08 0 09 300to400 009 0 10 4
94. 2 Operation OVervIe Wios sre Ue pego oet e ceni 1 3 Local Operation sec een Pb PERRO Eai 1 4 Remote Operation RS 235721 sse 1 5 Remote Operation IEEE 488 essere 1 6 SELVICE nfOrtnatlon onere De pen Eget e bte re iu ee pee reden 1 7 How to Contact Fluke redo eii detti eas 1 8 SPCC CATIONS ote EL bac edt aepo v oed 1 9 General Specifications sese 1 10 DC Voltage Specifications eeeeeeeeeeneennn n 1 11 DC Current Specifications nierien 1 12 Resistance Specifications 2 0 0 cee 1 13 AC Voltage Sinewave Specifications sese ee eee eee 1 14 AC Current Sinewave 5 6 1 4 5 1 15 Capacitance Specifications 1 16 Temperature Calibration Thermocouple Specifications 1 17 Temperature Calibration RTD Specifications 1 18 DC Power Specification Summary eee 1 19 AC Power 45 Hz to 65 Hz Specification Summary PF 1 1 20 Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications sssss 1 21 Phase Specifications esee n 1 22 Calculating Power Uncertainty ce esse sese eee eee 1 23 Additional Specihcaiong sss sees eee eee 1 24 Frequency Specifications cscsscsscsescesecessetecetsoeeseeesscetseetseeeees 1 25 Harmonic
95. 2 of output 200 uV Resolution 4 digits Adjustment Range 10 around each sequence value indicated below Sequence 5 mV 10 mV 25 mV 50 mV 100 mV 250 mV 500 mV 1 V 2 5V Other Edge Characteristics Frequency Range 1 kHz to 1 MHz 25 ppm of setting 15 mHz Rise Time lt 400 ps Leading Edge Aberrations within 10 ns lt 3 of output 2 mV 10 to 30 ns 1 of output 2 mV after 30 ns lt 0 5 of output 2 mV Typical Duty Cycle 45 to 55 6 67 5520A Service Manual 6 88 Leveled Sine Wave Function Specifications Frequency Range 50 kHz Reference 50 kHz to 100 MHz 100 to 300 MHz 1 Leveled Sine Wave Characteristics into 50 Amplitude Characteristics Range p p 5mVto5 5V 1 Resolution lt 100 mV 3 digits 2 100 mV 4 digits Adjustment Range continuously adjustable 1 Year Absolute 2 of output 3 5 of output 4 of output Uncertainty 200 uV 300 300 uV tcal t 5 C Flatness relative to 50 kHz not applicable t 1 596 of output 2 0 of output 100 100 uV Short term Stability lt 1 2 Frequency Characteristics Resolution 10 Hz 10 kHz 3 10 kHz 1 Year Absolute 25 ppm 25 ppm 4 25 ppm Uncertainty 15 mHz tcal 5 C Distortion Characteristics 2nd Harmonic lt 33 dBc 3rd and Higher Harmonics lt 38 dBc 1 Extended frequency range to 350 MHz is provided but flatness is not specified Amplitude is limited to 3
96. 32 195263 2 H63 66 WASHER FLAT STL 170 375 031 110288 4 WASHER LOCK INTRNL STL 2671D 1 PANEL REAR 1 TRANSFORMER COVER PAINTED 1 MP4 MP5 HANDLE INSTRUMENT GRAY 7 886333 2 MP6 HOUSING AIR FILTER 937107 1 MP8 AIR FILTER 945287 1 MP10 SHIM TRANSFORMER 625985 1 MP17 DECAL CSA 864470 5520A Service Manual Table 5 3 Rear Panel Assembly cont Reference Description Fluke Total Designator Stock No Quantity MP18 LABEL VINYL 1 500 312 844712 1 MP20 MP21 CABLE ACCESS TIE 4 00L 10W 7 172080 2 MP22 LABEL MYLAR GROUND SYMBOL 911388 1 MP24 LABEL CE MARK BLACK 600707 1 MP67 WIRE 6 GROUND 626116 1 T1 TRANSFORMER POWER MAIN 625720 1 W20 FAN ASSEMBLY 843029 1 5 List of Replaceable Parts How to Obtain Parts OldW IL V V NOILOAS 335 3481 2S OL ANOWOL XZ by OVH xe 3wos 8 9 Y Y NOILO3S 22 0ZH n UU Xb LH Sc ccH Z 133HS 335 60tv vOcSS X sdW rdW ZLH 6H XZ Z9 L9H XT8 LHM AI18IN3SSV H3I NHOJSNVHL INOHJ 5 13 yg021f eps Figure 5 3 Rear Panel Assembly 5520A Service Manual WHT BLK SEE SECTION A A 5 4 SEE DETAIL A ATTACHMENT OF WIRES FROM TRANSFORMER SHOWN CLEAR OF FORM WIRES AS POWER SWITCH o z m 5 amp G z o E x o a o OF WIRES ON FILTER 5 Lf a S h M IW WHI
97. 4 V p p correction V p p 50 kHz 5 0 mV 400 nV 7 5 mV 450 uV 9 9 mV 498 uV 500 uV 800 1 08 mV 1 10 mV 1 70 mV 99 0 mV 2 28 mV 100 0 mV 2 30 mV mom 530 mV 399 0 mV 8 28 mV 04V 8 3 mV 0 8 V 16 3 mV 1 2V 24 3 mV 13V 263 3 4 V 68 3 mV 55V 110 3 mV 6 40 SC600 Option 6 Verification 6 58 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 6 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave amplitude 1 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 impedance 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the PM 6680 at the channel indicated in Table 6 30 You will need the BNC N adapter for the connection to Channel C 3 Set the filter on the PM 6680 as indicated in the table Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output as listed in Table 6 30 Press oPR on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 5 Allow the PM 6680 reading to st
98. 5 0 mV 2 8284 250 00 sine 10 9 mV 2 8284 430 00 sine 45 mV 2 8284 1 450 mV sine 109 mV 2 8284 3 370 mV sine 0 45 V 2 8284 13 570 mV sine 1 09 V 2 8284 32 500 mV sine 2 20V 2 8284 66 100 mV triangle 5 0 mV 3 4641 250 00 triangle 10 9 mV 3 4641 430 00 triangle 45 mV 3 4641 1 450 mV triangle 109 mV 3 4641 3 370 mV triangle 0 45 V 3 4641 13 570 mV triangle 1 09 V 3 4641 32 500 mV triangle 2 20V 3 4641 66 100 mV 6 136 99300 Hardware Adjustments Hardware adjustments must be made to the leveled sine and edge functions each time the SC300 is repaired In addition to the adjustment procedures this section provides lists of the required equipment and some recommendations on models that have the capabilities required by these procedures Equivalent models can be substituted if necessary 6 137 Equipment Required The following equipment is necessary for performing the hardware adjustments described in this section The models listed are recommended for providing accurate results e Standard adjustment tool for adjusting the pots and trimmer caps e Extender Card pn 661865 5800A 7006K Extender Kit 6 107 5520A Service Manual 6 138 6 139 6 140 6 108 e Oscilloscope Mainframe and Sampling Head Tektronix 11801 with SD 22 26 or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth e 10dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent e Cable provided with SC300 e Spectrum Analyzer Hewl
99. 5 5 V p p 600 MHz Press to activate the output 5520A Service Manual 6 58 Refer to Figure 6 9 for setup connections and connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the Spectrum Analyzer Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer so that it displays one peak across its horizontal center line The far right of the peak is fixed at the far right of the center line as shown below 6 78 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance Once you have completed the setup described above perform the following procedure to adjust the VCO balance for the leveled sine wave function 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 9 600 MHz 2 Set the Spectrum Analyzer to the parameters listed below Spectrum Analyzer Setup Start Frequency 10 MHz Stop Frequency 800 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 30 kHz Video Bandwidth 3 kHz Reference Level 20 dBm The Spectrum Analyzer will display a spur at 153 MHz Refer to Figure 6 15 to identify the spur 3 You need to adjust the wave until the spur is at a minimum To do this slowly rotate R1 shown in the diagram counterclockwise until the spur is at a minimum As you adjust it the spur will move down the waveform towards the right As soon as the spur is minimized stop rotating R1 If you rotate it too far the spur will reappear Once you have turned R1 to the point at which the spur is at a minimum the signal is balanced between the VCOs and you have completed the adjustment
100. 5 V 305 mV 0 0001925 V 305 mV 0 0001925 V 499 mV 0 0002895 V 499 mV 0 0002895 V 0 50 V 0 00029 V 0 50 V 0 00029 V 1 85 V 0 000715 V 1 35 V 0 000715 V 2 19 V 0 001135 V 2 19 V 0 001135 V 2 20 V 0 00114 V 2 20 V 0 00114 V 6 60 V 0 00334 V 6 60 V 0 00334 V 10 99 V 0 005535 V 10 99 V 0 005535 V 11 0 V 0 00554 V 11 0 V 0 00554 V 70 5 V 0 03529 V 70 5 V 0 03529 V 130 0 V 0 06504 V 130 0 V 0 06504 V SC600 Option Verification 6 Table 6 20 DC Voltage Verification at 50 Calibrator Mainframe HP 3458A Rdg V DC Reading x correction Tolerance V DC output 0 mV 0 00004 V 2 49 mV 4 623E 05 V 2 49 mV 4 623E 05 V 9 90 mV 6 475E 05 V 9 90 mV 6 475E 05 V 24 9 mV 0 0001023 V 24 9 mV 0 0001023 V 109 9 mV 0 0003148 V 109 9 mV 0 0003148 V 499 mV 0 0012875 V 499 mV 0 0012875 V 2 19 V 0 005515 V 2 19 V 0 005515 V 6 599 V 0 0165375 V 6 599 V 0 0165375 V 6 47 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification 6 48 This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 e BNC cable to connect the Calibrator Mainframe TRIG OUT to the HP 3458A Ext Trig For ac voltage amplitude verification refer to Figure 6 2 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode wit
101. 50 Complete Columns A C as follows B C 6 64 Enter 5790A Reading mV for the present frequency Enter 5790A Reading mV for 50 kHz Compute and enter the Calibrator Mainframe Flatness Deviation 100 Column A entry Column B entry Column B entry High Frequency Verification This procedure provides an example of testing high frequency flatness using a 5 5 V output Follow the same procedure for testing other amplitudes only compare results against the flatness specification listed in Table 6 33 For this voltage range you will use the model HP 8482A power sensor 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 30 MHz Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Allow the power meter reading to stabilize The power meter should display approximately 75 mW Enter the power meter s reading in Column A of Table 6 33 96600 Option 6 Verification 3 Enter 10 MHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the power meter reading to stabilize then enter the power meter s reading in Column B of Table 6 33 4 Enter the next frequency listed in Table 6 33 Allow the power meter s reading to stabilize then enter the reading into Column A of the table 5 Enter 10 MHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the power meter reading to stabilize then enter the power meter s reading in Column B of Table 6 33 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all of frequencies listed in Table 6 33 Cont
102. 87720 V 3 12280 V 5 00000 V 5 00000 V 9 5 Hz 4 72500 V 5 27500 V 5 00000 V 5 00000 V 10 Hz 4 99205 V 5 00795 V 5 00000 V 5 00000 V 45 Hz 4 99605 V 5 00395 V 5 00000 V 5 00000 V 1 kHz 4 99605 V 5 00395 V 5 00000 V 5 00000 V 5 kHz 4 99110 V 5 00890 V 5 00000 V 5 00000 V 10 kHz 4 98360 V 5 01640 V Note set the NORMAL output to 300 mV 3 42 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests 3 25 Verifying AC Current Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 27 Use the previously verified UUT dc current function as the dc current source for making ac dc current transfers with the 5790A Use the shunt values listed in Table 3 26 See Figure 3 17 for proper equipment connections For ranges 19 mA to 2 A refer to Figure 3 7 and above 2 A refer to Figure 3 8 for proper setup connections Table 3 26 Shunt Values for AC Current Verification Range of Verification Points rms values Shunt 0 to 329 000 LA 1k Q metal film resistor in a shielded box 1 9 mA to 3 29990 mA 200 metal film resistor in a shielded box 19 mA to 3 3 mA Fluke A40 20 mA Shunt 30 0000 mA to 190 mA Fluke A40 200 mA Shunt 300 000 mA to 2A Fluke A40 2A Shunt 2 99000 A to 20 0000 A Fluke A40A 20A Shunt 5790A UUT IIs FLUKE 55204 CALIBRATOR Metal film resistor in enclosure NORMAL AUX SCOPE V 0 4 RTD A N SENSE AUX V
103. 9 79 V 1000 21 V 1020 00 V 1000 00 V 8 kHz 999 74 V 1000 26 V 1020 00 V 1020 00 V 1 kHz 1019 79 V 1020 21 V 1020 00 V 1020 00 V 8 kHz 1019 74 V 1020 27 V Note Typical spaccano is 24 dB at 2 MHz 3 41 5520A Service Manual 3 24 Verifying AC Voltage AUX Output Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 25 using the same equipment and techniques specified previously for calibration Table 3 25 Verification Tests for AC Voltage AUX Output Range Frequency Lower Limit Upper Limit 329 999 mV 10 000 mV 45 Hz 9 622 mV 10 378 mV 329 999 mV 10 000 mV 1 kHz 9 622 mV 10 378 mV 329 999 mV 10 000 mV 5 kHz 9 535 mV 10 465 mV 329 999 mV 10 000 mV 10 kHz 9 520 mV 10 480 mV 329 999 mV 10 000 mV 30 kHz 8 700 mV 11 300 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 9 5 Hz 283 350 mV 316 650 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 10 Hz 299 180 mV 300 820 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 45 Hz 299 390 mV 300 610 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 1 kHz 299 390 mV 300 610 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 5 kHz 299 100 mV 300 900 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 10 kHz 298 650 mV 301 350 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 30 kHz 287 100 mV 312 900 mV 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 9 5 Hz 2 825 V 3 175 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 10 Hz 2 99505 V 3 00495 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 45 Hz 2 99745 V 3 00255 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 1 kHz 2 99745 V 3 00255 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 5 kHz 2 99410 V 3 00590 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 10 kHz 2 98960 V 3 01040 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 30 kHz 2
104. 9 9690 A 20 0310 A 20 5000 A 20 0000 A 5 kHz 19 4950 A 20 5050 A 3 26 Verifying Capacitance Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 28 Use the PM 6304C RCL Meter directly for capacitance values up to and including 109 000 uF Above 109 000 uF you must use a timed charge up routine with a constant current source in order to achieve the required test uncertainty ratio To verify capacitance greater than 109 000 uF see the section titled 200 uF to 110 mF Capacitance Verification found later in this chapter Table 3 28 Verification Tests for Capacitance Test Frequency or Lower Limit Upper Limit Range Output Current 0 3999 nF 0 1900 nF 5 kHz 0 2007 nF 0 3999 nF 0 3500 nF 1 kHz 0 3613 nF 1 0999 nF 0 4800 nF 1 kHz 0 4918 nF 1 0999 nF 0 6000 nF 1 kHz 0 6123 nF 1 0999 nF 1 0000 nF 1 kHz 0 9862 nF 1 0138 nF 3 2999 nF 2 0000 nF 1 kHz 1 9824 nF 2 0176 nF 10 9999 nF 7 0000 nF 1 kHz 6 9767 nF 7 0233 nF 10 9999 nF 10 9000 nF 1 kHz 10 8693 nF 10 9307 nF 32 9999 nF 20 0000 nF 1 kHz 19 8620 nF 20 1380 nF 109 999 nF 70 000 nF 1 kHz 70 233 nF 109 999 nF 109 000 nF 1 kHz 109 307 nF 329 999 nF 200 000 nF 1 kHz 200 680 nF 329 999 nF 300 000 nF 1 kHz 299 130 nF 300 870 nF 3 46 Calibration and Verification Performance Verification Tests 3 Table 3 28 Verification Tests for Capacitance cont Test Frequency or
105. 9 mV 329 000 mV 328 551 mV 329 449 mV 329 999 mV 329 000 mV 329 449 mV 328 551 mV 3 29999 V 0 33000 V 0 32955 V 0 33045 V 3 29999 V 3 29000 V 3 28866 V 3 29134 V 3 29999 V 3 29000 V 3 29134 V 3 28866 V 7 0000 V 7 0000 V 6 9976 V 7 0025 V 7 0000 V 7 0000 V 7 0025 V 6 9976 V 3 21 Verifying DC Current Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 22 using the same equipment and techniques specified previously for calibration Use the shunt values listed in Table 3 21 Table 3 21 Shunt Values for DC Current Calibration and Verification Range of Verification Points Shunt 0 to 329 000 uA Fluke 742A 1k 1k Q Resistance Standard t 1 9 mA to 3 29000 mA Fluke 742A 100 100 O Resistance Standard 19 0000 mA to 32 9000 mA Fluke 742A 10 10 Q Resistance Standard 190 000 mA to 329 000 mA Fluke 742A 1 1 O Resistance Standard t 1 09000 A Guildline 9230 0 1 Q Shunt 2 00000 A to 20 0000 A Guildline 9230 0 01 Q Shunt 3 36 Calibration and Verification Performance Verification Tests 3 Table 3 22 Verification Tests for DC Current AUX Output Range Output Lower Limit Upper Limit 329 999 uA 0 000 pA 0 020 uA 0 020 nA 329 999 190 000 pA 189 957 pA 190 043 pA 329 999 uA 190 000 pA 190 043 pA 189 957 uA 329 999 uA 329 000 uA 328 941 329 059 uA 329 999 uA 329 000 pA 329
106. 9933 kQ 190 0068 kQ 329 9999 kQ 300 0000 kQ 299 9905 kQ 300 0095 kQ 1 099999 MQ 0 330000 MQ 0 329990 MQ 0 330010 MQ 1 099999 MQ 1 090000 MQ 1 089971 MQ 1 090029 MQ Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Table 3 23 Verification Tests for Resistance cont Range Output Lower Limit Upper Limit 3 299999 MQ 1 190000 MQ 1 189922 MQ 1 190078 MQ 3 299999 MQ 1 900000 MQ 1 899894 MQ 1 900106 MQ 3 299999 MQ 3 000000 MQ 2 999850 MQ 3 000150 MQ 10 99999 MQ 3 30000 MQ 3 29959 MQ 3 30041 MQ 10 99999 MQ 10 90000 MQ 10 89875 MQ 10 90125 MQ 32 99999 MQ 11 90000 MQ 11 89512 MQ 11 90488 MQ 32 99999 MQ 19 00000 MQ 18 99370 MQ 19 00630 MQ 32 99999 MQ 30 00000 MQ 29 99150 MQ 30 00850 MQ 109 9999 MQ 33 0000 MQ 32 9838 MQ 33 0162 MQ 109 9999 MQ 109 0000 MQ 108 9534 MQ 109 0466 MQ 329 9999 MQ 119 0000 MQ 118 6025 MQ 119 3975 MQ 329 9999 MQ 290 0000 MQ 289 1750 MQ 290 8250 MQ 1100 000 MQ 400 000 MQ 394 700 MQ 405 300 MQ 1100 000 MQ 640 000 MQ 631 820 MQ 648 180 MQ 1100 000 MQ 1090 000 MQ 1076 420 MQ 1103 580 MQ 3 39 5520A Service Manual 3 23 Verifying AC Voltage NORMAL Output Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 24 using the same equipment and techniques specified previously for calibration Table 3 24 Verification Tests for AC Voltage NORMAL Output 3 40 Range Output Frequency Lower Limi
107. A totaling 1 A x 0 00036 360 uA added to 100 LA 0 46 mA Expressed in percent 0 46 mA 1 A x 100 0 046 see AC Current Sine Waves Specifications VARs Adder VARs Adder for 80 at 60 Hz is 0 02 see Phase Specifications Total VARS Output Uncertainty Uvars 4 0 017 0 046 0 034 0 058 Introduction and Specifications 1 Additional Specifications 1 23 Additional Specifications The following paragraphs provide additional specifications for the 5520A Calibrator ac voltage and ac current functions These specifications are valid after allowing a warm up period of 30 minutes or twice the time the 5520A has been turned off All extended range specifications are based on performing the internal zero cal function at weekly intervals or when the ambient temperature changes by more than 5 C 1 24 Frequency Specifications Frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Resolution tcal 5 C Range Jitter 0 01 Hz to 119 99 Hz 120 0 Hz to 1199 9 Hz 1 200 kHz to 11 999 kHz 1 0 Hz 2 5 ppm 5 uHz 1 100 nS 12 00 kHz to 119 99 kHz 10 Hz 120 0 kHz to 1199 9 kHz 100 Hz 1 200 MHz to 2 000 MHz 1 kHz 1 With REF CLK set to ext the frequency uncertainty of the 5520A is the uncertainty of the external 10 MHz clock 5 wHz The amplitude of the 10 MHz external reference clock signal should be between 1 V and 5 V 1 23 5520A Service Manual 1 25 Ha
108. AC Voltage Frequency Verification Frequency Counter PM 6680 with option PM 20 ms to 150 ns 10 Hz to 10 MHz lt 1 6 ppm 9678 uncertainty BNC Cable supplied with SC300 i Edge Duty Cycle Frequency Counter PM 6680 BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness High Frequency Calibration and Verification Power Meter Hewlett Packard 437B Range 42 to 45 6 dBm Frequency 10 300 Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8482A Range 20 to 19 dBm Frequency 10 300 Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8481D Range 42 to 20 dBm Frequency 10 300 MHz 30 dB Hewlett Packard Range 30 dB Reference 11708A Attenuator supplied with HP Frequency 50 MHz 8481D Adapter Hewlett Packard BNC f to Type N f PN 1250 1474 BNC Cable supplied with SC300 6 75 5520A Service Manual Table 6 41 SC300 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Time Marker Verification Frequency PM 6680 with option 2 ns to 5 s 50 kHz to 500 MHz lt 1 6 ppm uncertainty Counter PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and PM 9678 Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Wave Generator Verification AC Fluke 5790A Range 1 8 mV p p to 55 V p p Measurement Standard Frequency 10 Hz to 100 kHz Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Termination Feedthrough 50 1 BN
109. AL 2 TO UUT ports nn031f eps Figure 1 2 RS 232 Remote Connections Service Information In case of difficulty within the 1 year Warranty period return the Calibrator to a Fluke Service Center for Warranty repair For out of Warranty repair contact a Fluke Service Center for a cost estimate This service manual provides instructions for verification of performance calibration and maintenance If you choose to repair a malfunction information in this manual can help you to determine which module printed circuit assembly has a fault How to Contact Fluke To contact Fluke call one of the following telephone numbers 1 888 99FLUKE 1 888 993 5853 in U S A 1 800 36 FLUKE 1 800 363 5853 in Canada 31 402 678 200 in Europe 8 1 3 3434 0181 Japan 65 738 5655 Singapore 1 425 446 5500 from other countries Or visit Fluke s Web site at www fluke com 5520A Service Manual 1 8 Specifications 1 6 fa 43 2 cm 17 in The following tables list the 5520A specifications All specifications are valid after allowing a warm up period of 30 minutes or twice the time the 5520A has been turned off For example if the 5520 has been turned off for 5 minutes the warm up period is 10 minutes specifications apply for the temperature and time period indicated For temperatures outside of t 5 C t is the ambient temperature when the 5520A was cal
110. AT A STATIC FREE WORK STATION 10 ONLY ANTI STATIC TYPE SOLDER SUCKERS SHOULD BE USED 11 ONLY GROUNDED TIP SOLDERING IRONS SHOULD BE USED 7 AVOID PLASTIC VINYL AND STYROFOAM IN WORK AREA PORTIONS REPRINTED WITH PERMISSION FROM TEKTRONIX INC AND GERNER DYNAMICS POMONA DIV Dow Chemical 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 9 4 10 4 11 4 12 Chapter 4 Maintenance Iienitono CE Access Procedures Removing Analog Modules serene Removing the Main CPU 9 Removing Rear Panel Assemblies eese Removing the Filter PCA A12 sess Removing the Encoder A2 and Display PCAs Removing the Keyboard and Accessing the Output Block Diagnostic ee ree ttn Running Diagnostics essent ener nre Testing the Front Panel seen Complete List of Error Messages eene 4 1 5520A Service Manual 4 2 Maintenance 4 Introduction 4 4 Introduction Because this is a high performance instrument it is not recommended that the user service the boards to the component level In many different ways it is easy to introduce a subtle long term stability problem by handling the boards Access procedures are provided for those who want to replace a faulty module Access Procedures U
111. C Cable supplied with SC300 6 100 SC300 Calibration Setup The procedures in this manual have been developed to provide users the ability to calibrate the SC300 at their own site if they are required to do so It is strongly recommended that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration and verification The unit should be returned with its cable The Calibrator Mainframe must be fully calibrated prior to performing any of the SC300 calibration procedures The hardware adjustments are intended to be one time adjustments performed in the factory however adjustment may be required after repair Hardware adjustments must be performed prior to calibration Calibration must be performed after any hardware adjustments See Hardware Adjustments in this chapter The AC Square Wave Voltage function is dependent on the DC Voltage function Calibration of the AC Voltage function is required after the DC Voltage is calibrated The Calibrator Mainframe must complete a warm up period and the SC300 must be enabled for at least 5 minutes prior to calibration to allow internal components to thermally stabilize The Calibrator Mainframe warm up period is at least twice the length of time the calibrator was powered off up to a maximum of 30 minutes The SC300 is enabled by pressing the front panel score key The green indicator on the key will be illuminated when the SC300 is enabled Much of the SC300 can be calibrated interactively
112. COPE connector to the BNC f connector attached to the nominal resistance values indicated in Table 6 39 The 600 KO nominal value can be achieved by connecting the 1 5 MQ and 1 MQ resistors in parallel 3 Allow the Calibrator Mainframe reading to stabilize then record the Calibrator Mainframe resistance reading for each nominal value listed in Table 6 39 Compare the Calibrator Mainframe resistance readings to the actual resistance values and the tolerance column of Table 6 39 Table 6 39 MeasZ Resistance Verification Calibrator Nominal Calibrator Actual Mainframe Mainframe Resistance Resistance MeasZ Resistance Tolerance Value Value Range Reading res 500 409 0 04 Q res 500 50 Q 0 05 Q res 500 60 Q 0 06 Q res 1MQ 600 kQ 600 Q res 1MQ 1 MQ 1 ko res 1 1 5 MQ 1 5 6 72 MeasZ Capacitance Verification The MeasZ capacitance function is verified by measuring capacitors of known values The measurement value is then compared to the capacitor actual value The capacitors must make a solid connection to a BNC f to enable a connection to the end of the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Due to the small capacitance values care must be taken to know the actual capacitance at this BNC f connector The capacitance values must be determined at a 10 MHz oscillator frequency Fluke uses an HP 4192A Impedance Analyzer at 10 MHz to determine the actual capacitance values This procedure uses the following equipmen
113. DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE FR DDE DDE DDE D DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE FR DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE F DDE F DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE FR D DDE FR DDE FR DDE R DDE R DDE R DDE R DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR a a a ee wa Limit too small or large No changes except RESET now Offset out of range Cannot edit to or from 0 Hz Bad state image not loaded TC offset limited to 500 C Cant go to STBY in Meas TC Cant set an offset now Cant lock this range Cant set phase or PF now Cant set wave now Cant set harmonic now Cant change duty cycle now Cant change compensation now Current OUTPUT moved to 5725A TC ref must be valid TC temp Cant turn EARTH on now STA couldnt update OTD Cant enter W with non sine Cant edit now Cant set trigger to that now Cant set output imp now Compensation is now OFF Period must be gt 0 A report is already printing ScopeCal option not installed Not a ScopeCal function Cant set marker shape now Can t set video parameter now Marker location out of range Pulse width must be 1 255 Cant set range directly now Not a range for this function Cant set TD pulse now ZERO MEAS only for C or PRES meas That requires a SC option That requires a SC600 option Time limit must be 1s 60
114. E connector to the HP 3458A input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on Press the GO ON blue softkey SC300 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions 6 105 4 Ensure the HP 3458A reading is 0 0 V DC 100 uV 5 Press the GO ON blue softkey 6 Calibration voltages 33 V and greater will automatically put the Calibrator Mainframe output in standby When this occurs press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Allow the HP 3458A DC voltage reading to stabilize Enter the reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading insuring proper multiplier 1 6 m L n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 7 Repeat steps 6 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate ac voltage Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants AC voltage must now be calibrated Continue with the next section AC Square Wave Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the same equipment and setup as DC Voltage calibration but requires different settings on the HP 3458A See Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions earlier in this section for te
115. Encoder assembly A2 has its own microprocessor and is in communication with the Main CPU A9 on the Rear Panel through a serial link Memory for the Encoder assembly is contained in EPROM The Encoder assembly handles the interface to the Keyboard assembly A1 2 3 Synthesized Impedance Assembly A5 The Synthesized Impedance assembly A5 generates variable resistance and capacitance outputs It uses discrete resistors and capacitors as references with an amplifier in series Figure 2 2 is a block diagram of the synthesized resistance function Figure 2 3 is a block diagram of the synthesized capacitance function For resistance synthesis there is a two wire compensation circuit an input amplifier two DACs coarse and fine with offset adjust and an output LO buffer For capacitance synthesis there is a two wire compensation circuit selectable references an input amplifier two DACs coarse and fine and an output LO buffer NORMAL HI NORMAL LO yg117f eps Figure 2 2 Synthesized Resistance Function 2 4 Theory of Operation DDS Assembly A6 NORMAL HI yg118f eps Figure 2 3 Synthesized Capacitance Function 2 4 DDS Assembly A6 The DDS Direct Digital Synthesis assembly A6 contains the following blocks e References for all voltage and current functions e Gain determining elements for voltage functions and thermocouple measuring and sourcing e 7 V references e Thermocouple sourcing
116. FLLIKE 5520A Multi Product Calibrator Service Manual PN 802303 April 1999 Rev 1 12 02 1999 2002 Fluke Corporation All rights reserved Printed in U S A All product names are trademarks of their respective companies LIMITED WARRANTY amp LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Each Fluke product is warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service The warranty period is one year and begins on the date of shipment Parts product repairs and services are warranted for 90 days This warranty extends only to the original buyer or end user customer of a Fluke authorized reseller and does not apply to fuses disposable batteries or to any product which in Fluke s opinion has been misused altered neglected contaminated or damaged by accident or abnormal conditions of operation or handling Fluke warrants that software will operate substantially in accordance with its functional specifications for 90 days and that it has been properly recorded on non defective media Fluke does not warrant that software will be error free or operate without interruption Fluke authorized resellers shall extend this warranty on new and unused products to end user customers only but have no authority to extend a greater or different warranty on behalf of Fluke Warranty support is available only if product is purchased through a Fluke authorized sales outlet or Buyer has paid the applicable international price Fluke res
117. Fluke PM 9540 BAN Cable Set 1 Fluke PM 6304C LCR Meter 3 24 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Proceed as follows to calibrate the capacitance function 1 Connect the UUT to the LCR meter using the Fluke PM 9540 BAN cables as shown in Figure 3 14 These special cables eliminate the need for a four wire connection Note Make sure there are no other connections to the 5520A especially the SCOPE BNC Connecting any additional grounds to the 5520A can cause erroneous capacitance outputs 2 Select the frequency on the LCR meter per table 3 17 3 Measure and enter the values into the UUT for the calibration steps in Table 3 17 as prompted The right column in the table shows the best stimulus frequency for each calibration point 4 Verify that the UUT is in Standby and disconnect the LCR meter Table 3 17 Calibration Steps for Capacitance 5520A Output NORMAL Step 5520A Calibration Output Best Stimulus Frequency 1 200 pF 1 kHz 2 0 5000 nF 1 kHz 3 1 1000 nF 1 kHz 4 3 5000 nF 1 kHz 5 11 0000 nF 1 kHz 6 35 000 nF 1 kHz 7 110 000 nF 1 kHz 8 0 35000 uF 100 Hz 9 1 10000 uF 100 Hz 10 3 3000 uF 100 Hz 11 11 0000 uF 100 Hz 12 33 000 uF 100 Hz 3 25 5520A Service Manual FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR PM6304C NORMAL AUX V 0 RTD A Q SENSE AUX V 8 8 PM9540 BAN Cable ades EB yg115f eps Figure 3 14 C
118. Hz 400 Hz 1 kHz 30 kHz 32 9999 329 999 30 0000 65 Hz 400 Hz 1 kHz 5kHz 10 kHz 30 kHz 5kHz 10 kHz 50 000 65 Hz Range AUX Output Output AUX 3 20999 V 3 00000V Phase Lower Limit Upper Limit 0 010 0 10 0 25 0 25 0 50 0 50 250 250 5 00 5 00 10 00 10 00 60 5990 6010 59 75 60 25 59 50 6050 57 50 62 50 55 00 65 00 5000 7000 90 89 90 90 10 8975 9025 8950 9050 87 50 92 50 8500 9500 80 00 100 00 89 90 90 10 8990 90 10 3 53 5520A Service Manual 3 33 Verifying Phase Accuracy Volts and Current Verify that the 5520A performance is within the limits in Table 3 33 using a precision phase meter with a shunt See Figure 3 16 Table 3 33 Verification Tests for Phase Accuracy V and Range Normal Boar Ficqueney Range AUX pn Phase Lower Limit Upper Limit Output Output S 5 329 999 mV 30 000 mV 65 Hz 329 99 300 00 mA 0 10 0 10 329 999 mV 30 000 mV 1 kHz 329 999 mV 30 000 mV 30kHz 329 99 mA 300 00 mA 0 10 00 10 00 329 999 mV 200 000 mV 65 Hz 2 99999 A 2 00000 A 0 0 10 0 10 329 999 mV 50 000 mV 65 Hz 20 5000 A 5 0000 A 0 0 10 0 10 329 999 mV 50 000 mV 400 Hz 20 5000 A 5 0000 A 0 0 25 0 25 329 999 mV 30 000 mV
119. Hz 2 33 dB 1 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 2 MHz 2 33 dB 2 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 4 MHz 2 33 dB 4 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 8 MHz 2 33 dB 8 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 10 MHz 2 33 dB 10 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 20 MHz 2 33 dB 20 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 40 MHz 2 33 dB 40 MHz 8 4 5 38 dB 80 MHz 2 33 dB 80 MHz 8 4 5 38 dB 100 MHz 2 33 dB 100 MHz 8 4 5 38 dB 200 MHz 2 33 dB 200 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 250 MHz 2 33 dB 250 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 6 98 SC300 Option 6 Verification 6 127 6 128 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification Leveled Sine Wave flatness verification is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 MHz low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 300 MHz high frequency The equipment setups are different for each band Leveled Sine Wave flatness is measured relative to 50 kHz This is determined directly in the low frequency band The high frequency band requires a transfer measurement be made at 10 MHz to calculate a flatness relative to 50 kHz Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness All low frequency flatness procedures use the following equipment e 5790A 03 AC Measurement Standard with Wideband option e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the 5790A WIDEBAND input with the BNC f to Type N m adapter as shown in Figure 6 25 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi
120. Hz 328 86 mA 329 14 mA 329 99 mA 329 0000 mA 5 kHz 328 69 mA 329 31 mA 329 99 mA 329 0000 mA 10 kHz 328 37 mA 329 63 mA 329 99 mA 329 0000 mA 30 kHz 327 75 mA 330 25 mA 2 99999 A 0 33000 A 1 kHz 0 32978 A 0 33022 A 2 99999 A 0 33000 A 5 kHz 0 32735 A 0 33265 A 2 99999 A 0 33000 A 10 kHz 0 31840 A 0 34160 A 2 99999 A 1 09000 A 10 Hz 1 08827 A 1 09174 A 2 99999 A 1 09000 A 45 Hz 1 08951 A 1 09049 A 2 99999 A 1 09000 A 1 kHz 1 08951 A 1 09049 A 2 99999 A 1 09000 A 5 kHz 1 08355 A 1 09645 A 2 99999 A 1 09000 A 10 kHz 1 06320 A 1 11680 A 2 99999 A 2 99000 A 10 Hz 2 98542 A 2 99459 A 2 99999 A 2 99000 A 45 Hz 2 98840 A 2 99160 A 2 99999 A 2 99000 A 1 kHz 2 98840 A 2 99160 A 2 99999 A 2 99000 A 5 kHz 2 97405 A 3 00595 A 2 99999 A 2 99000 A 10 kHz 2 92520 A 3 05480 A 20 5000 A 3 3000 A 500 Hz 3 2954 A 3 3046 A 20 5000 A 3 3000 A 1 kHz 3 2954 A 3 3046 A 20 5000 A 3 3000 A 5 kHz 3 2155 A 3 3845 A 3 45 5520A Service Manual Table 3 27 Verification Tests for AC Current cont Range Output Frequency Lower Limit Upper Limit 20 5000 A 10 9000 A 45 Hz 10 8926 A 10 9075 A 20 5000 A 10 9000 A 65 Hz 10 8926 A 10 9075 A 20 5000 A 10 9000 A 500 Hz 10 8893 A 10 9107 A 20 5000 A 10 9000 A 1 kHz 10 8893 A 10 9107 A 20 5000 A 10 9000 A 5 kHz 10 6255 A 11 1745 A 20 5000 A 20 0000 A 45 Hz 19 9750 A 20 0250 A 20 5000 A 20 0000 A 65 Hz 19 9750 A 20 0250 A 20 5000 A 20 0000 A 500 Hz 19 9690 A 20 0310 A 20 5000 A 20 0000 A 1 kHz 1
121. IEEE 488 general purpose interface bus or GPIB and RS 232 remote operations and command group Sequential Overlapped and Coupled IEEE 488 XIRS 232 xISequential LlOverlapped OCoupled Sequential Commands Commands executed immediately as they are encountered in the data stream are called sequential commands Anything not overlapped or coupled is sequential Overlapped Commands Commands that require additional time to execute are called overlapped commands because they can overlap the next command before completing execution Coupled Commands Some commands are coupled commands because they couple in a compound command sequence Care must be taken to be sure the action of one command does not disable the action of a second command and thereby cause a fault Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Remote Commands CAL_ABORT Description Instruct 5520A to abort calibration procedure after present step Example CAL_ABORT CAL_BACKUP Description Skip to next entry point in calibration procedure CAL_DATE Description Return a calibration date associated with stored calibration constants The date is returned with the same format as the CLOCK command Parameter Which date MAIN ZERO OHMSZERO SCOPE Response The date CAL_DAYS Description Return the number of days and hours since the last calibration constants were stored Parameter Which date MAIN ZERO OHMSZERO SCOPE Response 1
122. Manual 2 8 2 7 2 10 Main CPU Assembly A9 The Main CPU A9 attached to the rear panel assembly communicates with the following assemblies e Inguard CPU on the DDS assembly A6 e Display assembly CPU e Serial and IEEE interfaces e External amplifier 5725A The main CPU memory is Flash ROM There is a real time clock with a battery backup Each analog assembly has the same bus structure e One or more Chip Select lines e Common data bus that connects to the motherboard latched in by latches e A Fault line that sets all modules to a safe state in case of malfunction Signals to the front panel jacks are routed by output relays on the motherboard Power Supplies AC line voltage is applied through a line filter to a power module in the rear panel that provides switching for four line voltages The outputs of the power module are wired directly to the primaries of the mains transformer The safety ground wire is attached from the power module to the rear panel Major internal grounds are SCOM which is tied to OUTPUT LO and the guard shell ICOM which is the internal ground for the current function and GCOM which is the outguard common and is tied to earth ground Outguard Supplies The motherboard generates the outguard power supplies 12VG 12VG and 5VG All the transformer connections for the outguard supplies come through one bundle of wires connected to the motherboard with P1 A row of test points is p
123. Max tcal TB C Compliance Max ppm of output uA Inductive Voltage 90 days 1 year Load Range y y Resolution V mH 0 to 329 999 mA 120 0 02 150 0 02 1nA 10 0 to 3 29999 mA 80 0 05 100 0 05 0 01 mA 10 0 to 32 9999 mA 80 0 25 100 0 25 0 1 mA 7 0 to 329 999 mA 80 2 5 100 2 5 1mA 7 400 0 to 1 09999 A 160 40 200 40 10 mA 6 1 1 to 2 99999 A 300 40 380 40 10 mA 6 0 to 10 9999 A 20 A Range 380 500 500 500 100 mA 4 11t020 5A 1 800 750 2 1000 750 100 mA 4 2 each hour specification is 750 pA 1 Duty Cycle Currents 11 A may be provided continuously For currents gt 11 A see Figure 1 4 The current may be provided 60 T I minutes any 60 minute period where T is the temperature in C room temperature is about 23 C and Lis the output current in amperes For example 17 A at 23 C could be provided for 60 17 23 20 minutes 2 Floor specification is 1500 uA within 30 seconds of selecting operate For operating times gt 30 seconds the floor Noise Bandwidth Bandwidth Range 0 1 Hz to 10 Hz 10 Hz to 10 kHz p p rms 0 to 329 999 uA 2 nA 20 nA 0 to 3 29999 mA 20 nA 200 nA 0 to 32 9999 mA 200 nA 2 0 uA 0 to 329 999 mA 2000 nA 20 uA 0 to 2 99999 A 20 uA 1mA 0 to 20 5 A 200 uA 10 mA 1 9 5520A Service Manual DC Minutes per Hour Current Specifications cont Current Am
124. PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE FLUKE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES INCLUDING LOSS OF DATA ARISING FROM ANY CAUSE OR THEORY Since some countries or states do not allow limitation of the term of an implied warranty or exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages the limitations and exclusions of this warranty may not apply to every buyer If any provision of this Warranty is held invalid or unenforceable by a court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction such holding will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision Fluke Corporation Fluke Europe B V P O Box 9090 P O Box 1186 Everett WA 98206 9090 5602 BD Eindhoven U S A The Netherlands 11 99 Safety Information This Calibrator complies with IEC publication 1010 1 1992 1 Safety Requirements for Electrical Measuring Control and Laboratory Equipment and ANSI ISA S82 01 1994 and CAN CSA C22 2 No 1010 1 92 This manual contains information warnings and cautions that must be followed to ensure safe operation and to maintain the Calibrator in a safe condition Use of this Calibrator in a manner not specified herein may impair the protection provided by the Calibrator This Calibrator is designed for IEC 1010 1 Installation Category ll use It is not designed for connection to circu
125. Res on yg034f eps Figure 6 25 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard 6 129 Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness All high frequency flatness procedures use the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 437B Power Meter e Hewlett Packard 8482A and 8481D Power Sensors e BNC f to Type N f adapter e BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe Note When high frequencies at voltages below 63 mV p p are verified use the 8481D Power Sensor Otherwise use the 8482A Power Sensor 6 99 5520A Service Manual 6 100 Connect the HP 437B Power Meter to either the 8482A or the 8481D Power Sensor as shown in Figure 6 26 For more information on connecting the two instruments see the power meter and power sensor operators manuals Connect the power meter power sensor combination to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe as shown in Figure 6 27 The Hewlett Packard 437B Power Meter must be configured by setting the parameters listed below Zero and self calibrate the power meter with the power sensor being used Refer to the Hewlett Packard 437B operators manual for details e PRESET e RESOLN 3 e AUTO FILTER e WATTS e SENSOR TABLE 0 default
126. T s esca iudice pui adsis 5 1 5520A Service Manual 5 2 List of Replaceable Parts 5 Introduction 5 1 5 2 Introduction This chapter contains an illustrated list of replaceable parts for Fluke model 5520A Multi Product Calibrator Parts are listed by assembly alphabetized by reference designator Each assembly is accompanied by an illustration showing the location of each part and its reference designator Refer to Tables 5 1 through 5 3 The parts lists give the following information e Reference designator for example R52 An indication if the part is subject to damage by static discharge near the part description Description Fluke stock number Total quantity Any special notes 1 6 factory selected part A Caution A symbol indicates a device that may be damaged by static discharge How to Obtain Parts Electronic components may be ordered directly from the Fluke Corporation and its authorized representatives by using the part number under the heading Fluke Stock No Parts price information is available from the Fluke Corporation or its representatives To contact Fluke call one of the following telephone numbers 1 888 99FLUKE 1 888 993 5853 in U S A 1 800 36 FLUKE 1 800 363 5853 in Canada 31 402 678 200 in Europe 8 1 3 3434 0181 Japan 65 738 5655 Singapore e 1 425 446 5500 from other countries Or visit the Fluke web site at www fluke com A list of ser
127. TE VIOLET LSI THE HEAT SHRINK TUBING ON THE BLACK PAIR OF WIRES MUST NOTES CONTINUED 5520A Wiring Diagram 6 of 6 yg022f eps Figure 5 4 Wiring Diagram 5 14 Chapter 6 Oscilloscope Calibration Options e Option 5500A SC600 see page 6 3 e Option 5500A SC300 see page 6 63 6 1 5520A Service Manual 6 2 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 6 13 6 14 6 15 6 16 6 31 6 33 6 35 Chapter 6 SC600 Option c Maintenance EE SC600 Specifications sierociniec ii ip na ena nennt aE nnne then Volt otro ae Bdse Spectficatiolis e E e Fra e eere Leveled Sine Wave Specifications sss esse eee eee Time Marker Specifications essere Wave Generator Specifications eee ee eee Pulse Generator Specifications Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function Trigger Signal Specifications see Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications Overload Measurement Specifications ss sese sees ee eee eree eee Theory Of Operation ter
128. V we 550 0 mV ve 700 0 mV SEE 700 0 mV Ws 2 ew 5 60 6 85 5520A Service Manual 6 86 6 115 6 116 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination as required e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 For ac voltage amplitude verification refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display Then proceed with the next sections to verify the AC Voltage function Verification at 1 MQ For the 1 MQ verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Connect the Calibrator Mainframe TRIG OUT connector to the HP 3458A Ext Trig connector located on the rear of that instrument Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 1 MQ The blue softkey under Output Z toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 1 When making measurements at 1 kHz set the HP 3458A to the values shown in Table 6 42 Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 2 Measure the topline first For each measurement take samples f
129. V div and horizontal to 1 ns div Set the oscilloscope to look at the 90 point of the edge signal use this point as the reference level Set the oscilloscope to look at the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display With these settings each vertical line on the oscilloscope represents a 1 aberration Determine that the SC300 falls within the typical specifications shown in Table 6 51 SC300 Option 6 Verification Table 6 51 Edge Aberrations Time from 50 of Rising Edge Typical Edge Aberrations 0 10 ns 22 mV 2 296 10 30 ns 12 mV 1 2 gt 30 ns lt 7 mV 0 7 6 124 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana Plug adapter 50Q feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 20 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave amplitude 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 50Q feedthrough termination then to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi
130. V for frequencies above 250 MHz 2 Within one hour after reference amplitude setting provided temperature varies no more than 5 C 3 At frequencies below 120 kHz the resolution is 10 Hz For frequencies between 120 kHz and 999 9 kHz the resolution is 100 Hz 4 T 25 ppm 15 mHz for frequencies of 1 MHz and below 6 68 SC300 Option 6 SC300 Specifications 6 89 Time Marker Function Specifications Time Marker into 50Q 5s to 100 us 50 us to 2 us 1 us to 20 ns 10 ns to 2 ns 1 Year Absolute 25 t 1000 25 t 15 000 25 ppm 25 ppm Uncertainty tcal 5 C ppm 1 ppm 1 Wave Shape pulsed sawtooth pulsed sawtooth pulsed sawtooth sine Typical Output level gt 1Vpk gt 1V pk gt 1V pk gt 2V p p 2 Sequence 5 2 1 from 5 s to 2 ns e g 500 ms 200 ms 100 ms Adjustment Range At least 10 around each sequence value indicated above Resolution 4 digits 1 t is the time in seconds 2 The 2 ns time marker is typically gt 0 5 V p p 6 90 Wave Generator Specifications Amplitude Range Wave Generator Characteristics Square Wave Sine Wave and Triangle Wave into 50 or 1 MQ into 1 MQ 1 8 mV to 55 V p p into 50 Q 1 8 mV to 2 2 V p p 5 C 10 Hz to 10 kHz 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 396 of p p output 100 uV Sequence Typical DC Offset Range 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV 0 to 24095 of
131. Wave Specifications are available in the power and dual output modes except minimum current for ac power is 0 33 mA However only those limits shown in this table are specified See Calculating Power Uncertainty to determine the uncertainty at The phase adjustment range for dual ac outputs is 0 to 179 995 The phase resolution for dual ac Introduction and Specifications 1 Specifications 1 21 Phase Specifications 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C A amp 10 Hz to 65 Hz to 500 Hz to 1 kHz to 5 kHz to 10 kHz to 65 Hz 500 Hz 1 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz 30 kHz 0 105 0 25 0 5 2 5 5 10 PF Power Uncertainty Adder due to Phase Error Phase Phase ee i e_wm b iQHzto 65Hzto S00H2 1kHz 5kHz 10 kHz to to to to Watts VARs on avon 1 kHz 5kHz 10kHz 30kHz 0 90 1 000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 10 0 38 1 52 10 80 0 985 0 03 0 08 0 16 0 86 1 92 4 58 20 70 0 940 0 06 0 16 0 32 1 68 3 55 7 84 30 60 0 866 0 10 0 25 0 51 2 61 5 41 11 54 40 505 0 766 0 15 0 37 0 74 3 76 7 69 16 09 50 40 0 643 0 21 0 52 1 04 5 29 10 77 22 21 60 30 0 500 0 30 0 76 1 52 7 65 15 48 31 60 70 20 0 342 0 48 1 20 2 40 12 08 24 3396 49 23 80 105 0 174 0 9996 2 48 4 95 24 83 49 81 100 00 905 0 oo Note To calculate exact ac watts power adders d
132. abilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 30 Table 6 30 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification PM 6680 Settings PM 6680 Reading Frequency Tolerance output 5 5 V p p Channel Filter Frequency 50 kHz A On 0 125 Hz 500 kHz A on 1 25 Hz 5 MHz on 12 5 Hz 50 MHz on 125 Hz 500 MHz C on 1250 Hz 6 41 5520A Service Manual 6 59 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 8590A Spectrum Analyzer e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 9 for proper setup connections HP 8590A 5520A SC600 FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX VO amp RTD A N SENSE AUX V SCOPE BNC F to Type N M Adapter yg059f eps Figure 6 9 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave harmonics 1 Using the BNC cable and BNC f to Type N m adapter connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP 8590A 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to 5 5 V p p at each frequency listed in Table 6 31 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Set HP 8590A start frequency to the Calibrator Mainframe output frequenc
133. ak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload z the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare the result to the tolerance column Table 6 46 AC Voltage Verification at 50 Q Nominal Value p p 5 0 mV 5 0 mV 5 0 mV 5 0 mV 5 0 mV 10 0 mV 10 0 mV 10 0 mV 20 0 mV 44 9 mV 44 9 mV 50 0 mV 100 0 mV 100 0 mV 100 0 mV 200 0 mV 449 0 mV 449 0 mV Frequency 10 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 10 Hz 10 kHz 10 kHz 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 10Hz 10 kHz Measured Value p p Deviation mV 1 Year Spec mV 0 11 0 11 0 11 0 11 0 11 0 12 0 12 0 12 0 15 0 21 0 21 0 23 0 35 0 35 0 35 0 60 1 22 1 22 SC300 Option 6 Verification Table 6 46 AC Voltage Verification at 50 cont Nominal Value Frequency Measured Value 1 Year Spec p p p p mV mV 500 0 mV 10 kHz 1 35 1 0V 100 Hz 2 60 1 0V 1 kHz 2 60 1 0V 10 kHz 2 60 2 0 V 10 Hz 5 10 2 0 V 100 5 10 2 0 V 1 kHz 5 10 20 5 5 10 2 0 V 10 kHz 5 10 6 118 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Refer to Figure 6 21 for the proper setup connections This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an TCXO timebase
134. alibration Steps for Resistance Step 5520A Output 4 Wire Ohms NORMAL and AUX 1 1 0000 Q 2 11 0000 Q 3 110 0000 4 0 350000 kQ 5 1 100000 kQ 6 3 50000 kQ 7 11 00000 kQ 8 35 0000 kQ 2 Wire Ohms NORMAL 9 110 0000 kQ 10 0 350000 MQ 11 1 100000 MQ 12 3 50000 MQ 13 11 00000 MQ 14 35 0000 MQ 15 110 000 MQ 16 400 00 MQ 3 22 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 5520A CALIBRATOR HP3458A Set the HP3458A to external guard AN 20V PK MAX 20V PK MAX yg111f eps Figure 3 10 Four Wire Resistance Connection HP3458A Set the HP3458A to external guard yg112f eps Figure 3 11 Scaling the DMM to a Fluke 742A 3 23 5520A Service Manual FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR HP3458A AUX SCOPE UT CET PK x Set the HP3458A to external guard yg113f eps Figure 3 12 Two Wire Resistance Connection HP3458A Set the HP3458A to external guard yg114f eps Figure 3 13 Scaling the DMM to a Guildline 9334 3 14 Capacitance Calibration The equipment listed in Table 3 16 is required for calibration of the resistance function The equipment is also listed in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Table 3 16 Test Equipment Required for Calibrating Capacitance Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment 1
135. ameter Cal switch must be ENABLED Divide by zero encountered Must be in OPER at this step Open thermocouple for RJ cal Bad reference Z or entry Cal takes DAC over top limit Zero cal needed every 7 days Ohms zero needed every 12 hours Unusual cal fault d Fault during 96s Encoder not responding VERS Encoder not responding COMM Encoder not responding STAT Encoder self test failed Message over display R side Unmappable character d Encoder did not reset Encoder got invalid command Encoder unexpectedly reset Internal state error Invalid keyword or choice Harmonic must be 1 50 Frequency must be gt 0 AC magnitude must be gt 0 Impedance must be gt 0 Function not available Value not available Cannot enter watts by itself Output exceeds user limits Duty cycle must be 1 0 99 0 Power factor must be 0 0 1 0 Cant select that field now Edit digit out of range Cant switch edit field now Not editing output now dBm only for single sine ACV Freq too high for non sine Value outside locked range Must specify an output unit Cant do two freqs at once Can t source 3 values at once Temp must be degrees C or F Cant do that now 4 9 5520A Service Manual 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 600 601 602 700 701 702 703 800 801 802 DDE DDE
136. and Hi Res on Press the GO ON blue softkey 4 Press to activate operating mode on the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790A rms reading to stabilize Multiply the 5790A reading by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Enter the corrected rms reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and calculation and carefully re enter the corrected rms reading insuring proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 6 Repeat step 5 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate Leveled Sine flatness Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants 3 amp J m yg034f eps Figure 6 20 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard 6 108 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration Leveled Sine Wave flatness calibration is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 MHz low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 300 MHz hig
137. angle 6 59 V 3 4641 0 1978 V triangle 55V 3 4641 1 6501 V 5520A Service Manual Table 6 36 Wave Generator Verification at 50 Q 6 52 Calibrator Calibrator 5790A 5790A Rdg x in Reading Conversion Conversion V p p value x Tolerance Type 10 kHz V rms Factor Factor V p p correction V p p square 1 8 mV 2 0000 0 000154 V Square 6 4 mV 2 0000 0 000292 V square 10 9 mV 2 0000 0 000427 V square 11 0 mV 2 0000 0 00043 V Square 28 0 mV 2 0000 0 00094 V square 44 9 mV 2 0000 0 001447 V Square 45 mV 2 0000 0 00145 V square 78 mV 2 0000 0 00244 V Square 109 mV 2 0000 0 00337 V square 110 mV 2 0000 0 0034 V Square 280 mV 2 0000 0 0085 V square 449 mV 2 0000 0 01357 V square 450 mV 2 0000 0 0136 V square T 780 mV 2 0000 0 0235 V Square 1 09 V 2 0000 0 0328 V square 110v 2 0000 0 0331 V square 1 80 V 2 0000 0 0541 V _square 2 50 V 2 0000 0 0751 V sine 1 8 mV 2 8284 0 000154 V sine 10 9 mV 2 8284 0 000427 V sine 44 9 mV 2 8284 0 001447 V sine 109 mV 2 8284 0 00337 V sine 449 mV 2 8284 0 01357 V sine 1 09 V 2 8284 0 0328 V sine 2 50 V 2 8284 0 0751 V triangle 1 8 mV 3 4641 0 000154 V triangle 10 9 mV 3 4641 0 000427 V triangle 44 9 mV 3 4641 0 001447 V triangle 109 mV 3 4641 0 00337 V triangle 449 mV
138. anual 4 12 Complete List of Error Messages The following is a list of the 5520A Calibrator error messages The error message format is shown in Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Error Message Format Error Message Class Description Text Number characters 0 to 65535 QYE Query Error caused by F Error is displayed on the Up to 36 text a full input buffer front panel as it occurs characters unterminated action or interrupted action DDE Device Specific Error R Error is queued to the caused by the 5520A due to remote interface as it occurs some condition for example overrange EXE Execution Error caused S Error causes instrument to by an element outside of or go to Standby inconsistent with the 5520A capabilities CME Command Error D Error causes instrument caused by incorrect command returns to the power up state syntax unrecognized header or parameter of the wrong type none Error is returned to the initiator only i e local initiator or remote initiator 0 QYE No Error 1 DDE FR Error queue overflow 100 DDE FR D Inguard not responding send 101 DDE FR D Inguard not responding recv 102 DDE FR D Lost sync with inguard 103 DDE FR Invalid guard xing command 104 DDE FR D Hardware relay trip occurred 105 DDE FR D Inguard got impatient 106 DDE FR D A D fell asleep 107 DDE FR D Inguard watchdog timeout 108 DDE FR Inguard is obsolete 109 DDE FR D Inguard pa
139. arts iieri eret tte erae einai Oscilloscope Calibration Options eeeeeeeeeee em N EKEREN NKUNA NAREN Ah 6 1 E 6 2 Tc 6 3 Specifications eesseceseeeseeeeeeeeee innen nenne enne then trennen 6 4 Volt Specifications essere eren eren 6 5 Edge 6 6 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications eee 6 7 Time Marker Specifications esee 6 8 Wave Generator Specifications esee 6 9 Pulse Generator Specifications eese 6 10 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function 6 11 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function 6 12 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function 6 13 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function 6 14 Trigger Signal Specifications sees eee ee eee 6 15 Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications 6 16 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications 6 17 Overload Measurement Specifications esses 6 18 NEN 6 19 Voltage e ec iecoris 6 20 6 21 Leveled Sine Wave Mod iiinc 6 12 6 22 Time Marker MOS uae EET Peas dione Ete SERM ede 6 23 Wave
140. as indicated in Table 6 21 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the result to the tolerance column 5 When making measurements at the other frequencies set up the HP 3458A NPLC and topline and baseline DELAY per Table 6 16 See Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements Table 6 21 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MO Calibrator Mainframe HP 3458A Topline Baseline Output Range Reading Reading Peak to Peak Tolerance V 1 kHz or as noted 1mV 100 mV dc 0 000041 1mV 100 mV dc 0 000041 10 mV 100 mV dc 0 00005 10 mV 100 mV dc 0 00005 25 mV 100 mV dc 0 000065 25 mV 100 mV dc 0 000065 110 mV 100 mV dc 0 00015 110 mV 100 mV dc 0 00015 500 mV 1V dc 0 00054 500 mV 1V dc 0 00054 22V 10 V dc 0 00224 2 2 V 10 V dc 0 00224 11V 10 V dc 0 01104 11 V 10 V dc 0 01104 130 V 1000 V dc 0 13004 130 V 1000 V dc 0 13004 200 mV 100 Hz 1 V dc 0 00024 200 mV 1 kHz 1 V dc 0 00024 200 mV 5 kHz 1 V dc 0 00054 200 mV 10 kHz 1 V dc 0 00054 2 2V 100Hz 10V dc 0 00224 2 2 V 5 kHz 10 V dc 0 00554 2 2V 10kHz 10 V dc 0 00554 SC600 Option 6 Verification 6 49 Verification at 50 Q For the 50 Q verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe the external 50 Q termina
141. ation 3 13 Resistance Calibration The equipment listed in Table 3 14 is required for calibration of the resistance function The equipment is also listed in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Table 3 14 Test Equipment Required for Calibrating Resistance Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment 1 Fluke 5500A LEADS Test lead set 1 Hewlett Packard 3458A with 002 option DMM 1 Fluke 742A 1M Resistance Standard 1 M Q 1 Fluke 742A 10M Resistance Standard 10 M Q 1 Guildline 9334 100M Resistance Standard 100 MQ 1 Guildline 9334 1G Resistance Standard 1G Proceed as follows to calibrate the resistance function 1 On the HP 3458A perform the ACAL autocal ALL and MATH NULL functions as described in the HP 3458A user documentation 2 Verify that the UUT Unit Under Test is in Standby Follow the prompt on the Control Display to connect the DMM to the UUT for 4 wire ohms measurement as shown in Figure 3 10 4 Press the GO ON softkey and wait for the internal calibration steps to complete Measure and enter the values into the UUT for calibration steps 1 through 8 in Table 3 15 as prompted 6 Disconnect the DMM from the UUT and connect it to the Fluke 742A 1M Resistance Standard as shown in Figure 3 11 Scale the 1 MQ DMM range to the Resistance Standard as described in the HP3458A user documentation 7 Connect the UUT to the DMM in a 2 wire ohms configuration as shown
142. ation and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter The 50 Q termination is closest to the HP 3458A input 1 For measurements of a 1 kHz signal set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline For measurements of a 10 kHz signal set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 001 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 00002 for measuring the topline and the DELAY to 00007 for measuring the baseline Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step Note that in the EDGE function the topline is very near 0 V and the baseline is a negative voltage See Table 6 48 For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to enter the average or mean value See Setup for Square Wave Measurements earlier in this section for more details The peak to peak value of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Record each reading as indicated in Table 6 48 SC300 Option 6
143. ation matches the 50 kHz reference within 1000 ppm 5 Repeat steps 1 to 4 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the reference frequency is now 10 MHz Continue with the high frequency calibration High Frequency Calibration Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the power meter and power sensor as described in Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness earlier in this section Follow these steps to calibrate high frequency Leveled Sine Wave flatness for the amplitude being calibrated 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Establish the 10 MHz reference e Press the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to enter the power sensor s 10 MHz Cal Factor Ensure that the factor is correct then press the power meter ENTER key e Allow the power meter reading to stabilize e Press the Power meter REL key Press the GO ON blue softkey 4 Press the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to enter the power sensor s Cal Factor for the frequency displayed on the Calibrator Mainframe Ensure that the factor is correct then press the power meter ENTER key 5 Adjust the amplitude using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until the power sensor reading matches the 10 MHz reference within 0 1 6 Repeat steps 1 to 5 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that either the reference frequency is now 50 kHz or that the next steps calibrate pulse width R
144. ation procedure for the next amplitude unless the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate pulse width Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants Pulse Width Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 BNC cable supplied with the SC600 second BNC cable Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure Pulse Width Then follow these steps to calibrate pulse width 1 Connect the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to one BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter then to the DSO s sampling head through the 3 dB attenuator Using the second BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and BNC cable connect the Calibrator Mainframe s TRIG OUT connector to the 11801 s Trigger Input 6 25 5520A Service Manual 6 26 6 42 3 Set the DSO to these parameters e Main Time Base position initial 40 ns e Vertical scale 200 mV div 900 mV offset e Trigger source ext level 0 5 V ext atten x10 slope mode auto e Measurement Function positive width 4 Press the GO ON blue softkey Adjust the DSO horizontal scale and main time base position until the
145. ave Generator function Voltage assembly A8 Theory of Operation Theory 2 7 Verification 6 48 6 104 Voltage function Wave Generator Function Theory of Operation 6 71 Specifications 6 9 Voltage Function www address 5 3 Specifications 6 66 Z W Zeroing Wave Generator Specifications 6 69
146. ble 6 49 Edge Frequency Verification Calibrator Mainframe Frequency PM 6680 Reading Tolerance Output 2 5 V p p Frequency 1 kHz 0 025 10 kHz 0 25 Hz 100 kHz 2 50 Hz 1 MHz 25 0 Hz 5520A Service Manual 6 92 6 121 6 122 Edge Duty Cycle Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 21 for proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify Edge duty cycle 1 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure duty cycle on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 5 V at 1 MHz 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize Compare the duty cycle reading to 50 5 Edge Rise Time Verification This procedure tests the edge function s rise time Aberrations are also checked with the Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope and SD 22 26 sampling head The following equipment is used to verify the edge rise time e High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 24 attenuator 3 5 mm m
147. bration and Verification Performance Verification Tests 3 Table 3 24 Verification Tests for AC Voltage NORMAL Output cont Range Output Frequency Lower Limit Upper Limit 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 50 kHz 2 99920 V 3 00080 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 100 kHz 2 99823 V 3 00178 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 450 kHz 2 99340 V 3 00660 V 3 29999 V 3 29000 V 2 MHz 0 07500 V Note 32 9999 V 3 3000 V 45 Hz 3 2990 V 3 3010 V 32 9999 V 3 3000 V 10 kHz 3 2990 V 3 3010 V 32 9999 V 30 0000 V 9 5 Hz 28 3350 V 31 6650 V 32 9999 V 30 0000 V 10 Hz 29 9919 V 30 0082 V 32 9999 V 30 0000 V 45 Hz 29 9957 V 30 0044 V 32 9999 V 30 0000 V 1 kHz 29 9957 V 30 0044 V 32 9999 V 30 0000 V 10 kHz 29 9957 V 30 0044 V 32 9999 V 30 0000 V 20 kHz 29 9928 V 30 0072 V 32 9999 V 30 0000 V 50 kHz 29 9904 V 30 0096 V 32 9999 V 30 0000 V 90 kHz 29 9759 V 30 0241 V 329 999 V 33 000 V 45 Hz 32 993 V 33 007 V 329 999 V 33 000 V 10 kHz 32 989 V 33 011 V 329 999 V 300 000 V 45 Hz 299 953 V 300 047 V 329 999 V 300 000 V 1 kHz 299 953 V 300 047 V 329 999 V 300 000 V 10 kHz 299 946 V 300 054 V 329 999 V 300 000 V 18 kHz 299 928 V 300 072 V 329 999 V 300 000 V 50 kHz 299 922 V 300 078 V 329 999 V 200 000 V 100 kHz 199 630 V 200 370 V 1020 00 V 330 00 V 45 Hz 329 91 V 330 09 V 1020 00 V 330 00 V 10 kHz 329 91 V 330 09 V 1020 00 V 1000 00 V 45 Hz 999 74 V 1000 26 V 1020 00 V 1000 00 V 1 kHz 999 79 V 1000 21 V 1020 00 V 1000 00 V 5kHz 99
148. bsolute Uncertainty tcal Allowed Frequency or diis Charge Discharge Rate t 96 of output floor Range Resolution urn and Max Typical Typical Max for Max for 90 days 1 year to Meet Specification Error Error 0 19 nF to 0 38 0 01 nF 0 5 0 01 nF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 10 kHz 20 kHz 40 kHz 0 3999 nF 0 4 nF to 0 38 0 01 nF 0 5 0 01 nF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 10 kHz 30 kHz 50 kHz 1 0999 nF 1 1 nF to 0 98 0 01 nF 0 5 0 01 nF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 3 kHz 30 kHz 50 kHz 3 2999 nF 3 3 nF to 0 19 0 01 nF 0 25 0 01 nF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 1 kHz 20 kHz 25 kHz 10 9999 nF 11 nF to ios 0 25 0 1 nF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 1 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 32 9999 nF 33 nF to 0 25 0 1 nF 1 pF 10 Hz to 1 kHz 4 kHz 6 kHz 109 999 nF 110 nF to 0 19 0 3nF 0 25 0 3 nF 1 pF 10 Hz to 1 kHz 2 5 kHz 3 5 kHz 329 999 nF 0 33 uF to pos nF 0 25 1 nF 10 pF 10 Hz to 600 Hz 1 5 kHz 2 kHz 1 09999 uF 1 1 uF to 0 19 3 nF 0 25 3 nF 10 pF 10 Hz to 300 Hz 800 Hz 1 kHz 3 29999 uF 3 3 uF to 0 19 10 nF 0 25 10 nF 100 pF 10 Hzto 150 450 Hz 650 HZ 10 9999 uF 11 uF to 0 30 30 nF 0 40 30 nF 100 pF 10 120 Hz 250 Hz 350 Hz 32 9999 uF 33 uF to 0 34 100 nF 0 45 100 nF 1 nF 10 Hz to 80 Hz 150 Hz 200 Hz 109 999 uF 110 uF to 0 34 300 0 45 300 nF 1 nF 0 to 50 Hz 80 Hz 120 Hz 329 999 uF 0 33 uF to 0 34 1 uF 0 45 1 uF 10 nF 0 to 20 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz
149. chnical details on the procedure DC voltages are measured and entered in the Calibrator Mainframe to calibrate the AC Voltage function Set up the Calibrator Mainframe to Cal ACV Press OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads The next steps calibrate SC300 ACV Then follow these steps to calibrate ac voltage 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 3 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline Manually range lock the HP 34584 to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 4 Foreach calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See Setup for Square Wave Measurements earlier in this chapter for more details The true amplitude of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance if used 6 79 5520A Ser
150. conjunction with the SC600 s External Trigger output In general the HP 3458A is setup to make an analog to digital conversion after receiving the falling edge of an external trigger The conversion does not take place until a time determined by the 3458A DELAY command The actual integration time is set according to the frequency that the DMM is measuring Table 6 16 below summarizes the DMM settings required to make topline and baseline measurements Figure 6 2 illustrates the proper connections for this setup 96600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions Table 6 16 Voltage HP3458A Settings Voltage HP 3458A Settings Input Frequency NPLC DELAY topline DELAY baseline 100 Hz 1 007 s 012s 1 kHz 01 0007 s 0012 s 5 kHz 002 00014 00024 10 kHz 001 00007 00012 For all measurements the HP 3458A is in DCV manual ranging with external trigger enabled A convenient method to make these measurements from the HP 3458A s front panel is to program these settings into several of the user defined keys on its front panel For example to make topline measurements at 1 KHz you would set the DMM to NPLC 01 DELAY 0007 TRIG EXT To find the average of multiple readings you can program one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value Note For this application if making measurements
151. d Above sss AC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output esee Thermocouple Function Calibration eese DC Current Calibration esee AC Current Calibration sese DC Volts Calibration AUX Output essere AC Volts Calibration AUX Resistance Calibration sss sees eee eee eee Capacitance Calibration eese Calibration Remote Commands eene Generating a Calibration Report esee Performance Verification Tests sse seene Zeroing the Calibrator eterne eine ent knee ed eth Verifying DC Volts NORMAL Output eere Verifying DC Volts AUX Output eene Verifying DC Current essent Verifying Resistance Verifying AC Voltage NORMAL Output eere Verifying AC Voltage AUX Output eere Verifying AC CEG dieci deterrere EHE etie Dea Verifying Capacitance 200 uF to 110 mF Capacitance Verification eese Capacitance Measurement sese sees eee ee eee eee eee Measurement Uncertainty sees sees eee ee eee Verifying Thermocouple Simulation Sourcing Verifying Thermocouple Verifying Phase Accuracy Volts and AUX Volts
152. d in this manual amplitude Pulse width period Procedure provided in this manual MeasZ resistance Procedure provided in this manual capacitance Overload functionality Procedure provided in this manual 6 28 96600 Option 6 Verification 6 44 6 45 6 46 DC Voltage Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 For DC voltage verification refer to Figure 6 3 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the wave generator function Verification at 1 MQ For the 1 MQ verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 1 MQ The blue softkey under Output toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 1 Setthe HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 19 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Allow the HP 3458A reading to stabilize then record the HP 3458A reading for each voltage in Table 6 19 4 Compare result to the tolerance column Verification at 50 Q For the 50 Q verification c
153. d timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 BNC f to Type N m adapter BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 6 for the proper setup connections Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 impedance Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Marker menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to for each period listed in Table 6 34 l 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to the output as listed in Table 6 34 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the PM 6680 at the channel indicated in Table 6 34 You will need the BNC N adapter for the connection to Channel C Set the filter on the PM 6680 as indicated in the table Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed for the Calibrator Mainframe Invert the PM 6680 s frequency reading to derive the period For example a reading of 1 000006345 kHz has a period of 1 1 000006345 kHz 0 999993655 ms Record the period in the table and compare to the tolerance column Table 6 34 Time Marker Verification Period s Measured Value s Deviation s 1 Year Spec s 5 0 0251 s 2 0 00405 s 0 05 3 75E 06s 0 02 5E 8 0 01 2 5E 8 1e 7 2 5E 13 5e 8 1 25E 13 2e 8 5E 14 19 8 2 5E 14 5e 9 1 25E 14 2e 9 5E
154. days TN 1 year Current Range Voltage Range 33 mV to 1020 V 33 mV to 1020 V 0 33 mA to 329 99 mA 0 33 A to 2 9999 A 3Ato 20 5 A Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output 1 0 021 0 019 2 0 06 2 0 023 0 022 2 0 07 2 1 To determine dc power uncertainty with more precision see the individual AC Voltage Specifications AC Current Specifications and Calculating Power Uncertainty 2 Add 0 02 unless a settling time of 30 seconds is allowed for output currents gt 10 A or for currents on the highest two current ranges within 30 seconds of an output current 10 A 1 19 AC Power 45 Hz to 65 Hz Specification Summary PF 1 Voltage Range Current Range 3 3 mA to 8 999 mA 9 mA to 32 999 mA 33 mA to 89 99 mA 90 mA to 329 99 mA Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 96 of watts output 1 90 days 33to 329 999 mV 0 13 0 09 0 13 0 09 330 mVto1020V 0 11 0 07 0 11 0 07 1year 33t0 329 999 mV 0 14 0 10 0 14 0 10 330 mV to 1020 V 0 12 0 08 0 12 0 08 Current Range 2 Voltage Range 0 33 A to 0 9 A to 2 2 A to 4 5 A to 0 8999 A 2 1999 A 4 4999 A 20 5 A Absolute Uncertainty teal 5 C 06 of watts output 1 90 days 3310 329 999 mv 012 010 0 19 0 10 330 mV to 1020 V 0 10 0 08 0 11 0 09 1year 33 to 329 999 mv 0 13 011 043 0 11 330 mV to 1020 V 0 11 0 09 0 12 0 10 1 To
155. djusting the Edge Aberrations eene Index 5520A Service Manual vi Table List of Tables Title Consolidated List of Required Equipment for Calibration and Verification Test Equipment Required for Calibrating DC Volts sss sss sese Calibration Steps for DC Volts seen Test Equipment Required for Calibrating AC Volts eese Calibration Steps for AC Volts sese Test Equipment Required for Calibrating the Thermocouple Function Calibration Steps for Thermocouple Measurement eee Test Equipment Required for Calibrating DC Current sess Calibration Steps for DC Current essere nennen Test Equipment Required for Calibrating AC Current eese Calibration Steps for AC Current sese enne Calibration Steps for AUX DC Volts sese Calibration Steps for AUX Output AC Volts eese Test Equipment Required for Calibrating Resistance eese Calibration Steps for Resistance seseeseeeeeeeeerenre nennen nennen Test Equipment Required for Calibrating Capacitance esee Calibration Steps for Capacitance sees sese eee eee ee eee eee Jumping to a Specific Calibration Step sese eee eee sss Verification Tests for DC Voltage NORMAL Output eene Verification Tests f
156. djustments 11 Set the oscilloscope vertical to 5 mV div Check the aberrations 12 Check for rise time lt 300 ps at 250 mV 1 V and 2 5 V outputs 1st Aberration 2nd Aberration 3rd Aberration om050f eps Figure 6 17 Adjusting Edge Aberrations 5520A Service Manual 6 62 6 83 6 84 6 85 6 86 6 87 6 88 6 89 6 90 6 91 6 92 6 93 6 94 6 05 6 96 6 97 6 98 6 99 6 100 6 101 6 102 6 103 6 104 6 105 6 106 6 107 6 108 6 109 6 110 6 111 6 112 6 113 6 114 6 115 6 116 6 117 Chapter 6 SC300 Option SC300 Specifications esses neret Voltage Function Specifications ss sese eee eee ee eee Edge Function Specifications eere Leveled Sine Wave Function Specifications sss Time Marker Function Specifications eene Wave Generator Specifications Trigger Signal Specifications for the Time Marker Function Trigger Signal Specifications for the Edge Function Theory of Operation sese nennen Voltage Mode pe ASE Leveled Sine Wave Mode esee Time Marker Mode seen nennen Wave Generator Mode sese Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification SC300 Calibra
157. e Bad parameter unit Bad parameter value 488 2 I O deadlock 488 2 interrupted query 488 2 unterminated command 488 2 query after indefinite response Invalid from GPIB interface Invalid from serial interface Service only Parameter too long Invalid device trigger Device trigger recursion Serial buffer full Bad number Service command failed Bad binary number Bad binary block Bad character Bad decimal number Exponent magnitude too large Bad hexadecimal block Bad hexadecimal number Bad octal number Too many characters Bad string OPER not allowed while error pending Cant change UUT settings now Compliance voltage exceeded Shunt amp over or underload Current Amp Thermal Limit Exceeded Output current lim exceeded Input V or A limit exceeded VDAC counts out of range IDAC counts out of range AC scale dac counts out of range DC scale dac counts out of range Frequency dac counts out of range IDAC counts DC OFFSET out of range ZDAC counts out of range Cant read External Clock register External Clock too Fast 5520A Service Manual 1514 1515 1600 1601 1602 DDE FRS DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR D 65535 DDE FR External Clock too Slow Cant load waveform for scope mode OPM transition error TC measurement fault Z measurement fault Unknown error 96d 5 1 5 2 Chapter 5 List of Replaceable Parts Title Page TSS TT HOM 22 03 How t0 Obtar
158. e Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 3 For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements for more details Edge Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 e 50 Q feedthrough termination Refer to Figure 6 3 for the proper setup connections Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure fast edge amplitude Then follow these steps to calibrate edge amplitude 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at 96600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Funct
159. e and Triangle Wave into 50 Q or 1 MQ Range 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 0 10 Hz to 10 kHz into 50 Q 1 8 mV to 2 5 V p p into 1 MQ 1 8 mV to 55 V p p 396 of p p output 100 uV Sequence 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV Typical DC Offset Range 01 24096 of p p amplitude 1 Frequency Range 10 Hz to 100 kHz Resolution 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 1 The DC offset plus the wave signal must not exceed 30 V rms 4 or 5 digits depending upon frequency 25 ppm 15 mHz 6 9 5520A Service Manual 6 9 Pulse Generator Specifications Table 6 6 Pulse Generator Specifications Pulse Generator Characteristics Positive pulse into 50Q Typical rise fall times lt 1 5ns Available Amplitudes 2 5 V 1 V 250 mV 100 mV 25 mV 10 mV Pulse Width Range 4 ns to 500 ns 1 Uncertainty 2 5 2 ns Pulse Period Range 20 ms to 200 ns 50 Hz to 5 MHz Resolution 4 or 5 digits depending upon frequency and width 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty at Cardinal 2 5 ppm Points tcal 5 C 1 Pulse width not to exceed 40 of period 2 Pulse width uncertainties for periods below 2 us are not specified 6 10 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function Table 6 7 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function Typical Rise Time Time Marker Division Ratio 1 Amplitude into 502 p p Period 6 11 Trig
160. e to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column Table 6 58 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MQ Calibrator Calibrator 5790A 5790A Reading x Mainframe Mainframe Reading Conversion Conversion Factor fo erance Wave Type output V rms Factor V p p V p p 10 kH2 square 5 0 mV 2 0000 250 00 uV square 20 0 mV 2 0000 700 00 uV square 89 mV 2 0000 2 770 mV square 219 mV 2 0000 6 670 mV square 890 mV 2 0000 26 8 mV square 6 5 V 2 0000 195 1 mV square 55V 2 0000 1 65 V sine 5 0 mV 2 8284 250 00 uV sine 20 0 mV 2 8284 700 00 uV sine 89 mV 2 8284 2 770 mV sine 219 mV 2 8284 6 670 mV sine 890 mV 2 8284 26 8 mV sine 6 5 V 2 8284 195 1 mV sine 55 V 2 8284 1 65 V triangle 5 0 mV 3 4641 250 00 uV triangle 20 0 mV 3 4641 700 00 uV triangle 89 mV 3 4641 2 770 mV triangle 219 mV 3 4641 6 670 mV triangle 890 mV 3 4641 26 8 mV triangle 6 5 V 3 4641 195 1 mV triangle 55V 3 4641 1 65 V 6 106 SC300 Option 6 SC300 Hardware Adjustments Table 6 59 Wave Generator Verification at 50 Calibrator Calibrator 5790A 5790A Reading x Mainframe Reading onversion Conversion Factor Tolerance Wave Type output V rms Factor V p p V p p 10 kHz square 5 0 mV 2 0000 250 00 square 10 9 mV 2 0000 430 00 square 45 mV 2 0000 1 450 mV square 109 mV 2 0000 3 370 mV square 0 45V 2 0000 13 570 mV square 1 09V 2 0000 32 500 mV square 2 20V 2 0000 66 100 mV sine
161. e UUT is in Standby and disconnect the test equipment 3 7 5520A Service Manual FLUKE 5520 CALIBRATOR Set the HP3458A to external guard HP3458A yg103f eps Figure 3 2 Connections for Calibrating DC Volts 30 V and Above 3 7 Volts Calibration NORMAL Output The equipment listed in Table 3 4 is required for calibration of the ac volts function The equipment is also listed in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Table 3 4 Test Equipment Required for Calibrating AC Volts Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment 1 Fluke 5500A LEADS Test lead set 1 Fluke PN 900394 Type N to dual banana adapter 1 Fluke 5790A AC Measurement Standard Proceed as follows to calibrate the ac voltage function 1 Measure the 5520A output using Input 1 of a Fluke 5790A AC Measurement Standard Use a Type N to dual banana adapter as Figure 3 3 shows 2 Enter the measured values into the 5520A for each step in Table 3 5 as prompted 3 8 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Table 3 5 Calibration Steps for AC Volts FLUKE 5790A 7 Set the 57900A to external guard INPUT 1 A 1000V RMS MAX q 6 SHUNT OM WIDEBAND iw MAX 10V PEAK INPUT 2 GROUND GU RD S qe Figure 3 3 Connections for Calibrating AC Volts 5520A Output
162. e display indicates that the reference frequency is now 10 MHz Continue with the high frequency calibration 96600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 6 40 6 41 High Frequency Calibration Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the power meter and power sensor as described under Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness Follow these steps to calibrate high frequency Leveled Sine Wave flatness for the amplitude being calibrated 1 2 Press the GO ON blue softkey Establish the 10 MHz reference e Press the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to enter the power sensor s 10 MHz Cal Factor Ensure that the factor is correct then press the power meter ENTER key e Allow the power meter reading to stabilize e Press the Power meter REL key Press the GO ON blue softkey Press the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to enter the power sensor s Cal Factor for the frequency displayed on the Calibrator Mainframe Ensure that the factor is correct then press the power meter ENTER key Adjust the amplitude using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until the power sensor reading matches the 10 MHz reference within 0 1 Repeat steps 1 to 5 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that either the reference frequency is now 50 kHz or that the next steps calibrate pulse width Repeat the low frequency calibr
163. e from 1 8 mV to 55 V p p From 95 V to 2 The uncertainty for 50 Q loads does not include the input impedance uncertainty of the 3 From 95 V to 105 V the output is a square wave type signal that alternates between the negative 105 V its output is a square wave like signal that alternates between the negative peak and the positive peak with the centerline at 10 V Signals between 55 V and 95 V p p are not available oscilloscope Square wave signals below 4 5 mV p p have an uncertainty of 0 25 of output 200 Signals from 95 to 105 V p p have an uncertainty of 0 596 of output in the frequency range 100 Hz to 1 kHz Typical uncertainty is 1 596 of output for 95 to 105 V p p signals in the frequency range 10 Hz to 100 Hz and 0 5 of output in the frequency range 1 kHz to 10 kHz peak and the positive peak with the centerline at 10 V If the oscilloscope you are calibrating requires a fixed period for the square wave s peak to peak amplitude you may need to adjust the Calibrator Mainframe s frequency output to accommodate for this waveform For example the Fluke ScopeMeter has a calibration point at 1 kHz 1 ms 100 V peak to peak To output a period of 1 ms at 100 V peak to peak use a frequency of 356 Hz 6 66 SC300 Option 6 SC300 Specifications 6 87 Edge Function Specifications Edge Characteristics into 50 Q 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Amplitude Range p p 4 5 mV to 2 75 V
164. e vertical to 2 mV div Check the aberrations 9 Remove the 20 dB attenuator from the oscilloscope input Connect the UUT to the scope input and program the UUT output to 250 mV 10 Set the oscilloscope vertical to 5 mV div Check the aberrations 11 Check for rise time 950 ps 25 ps at 250 mV 1 V and 2 5 V outputs 1st Aberration 2nd Aberration 3rd Aberration R36 R12 R13 R35 om050f eps Figure 6 30 Adjusting Edge Aberrations 6 110 A ac current non sinewave specifications 1 29 sinewave extended bandwidth specifications 1 28 28 sinewave specifications 1 14 squarewave characteristics typical trianglewave characteristics typical AC Current Verification 3 44 ac power 45 Hz to 65 Hz specification summary 1 19 ac voltage non sinewave specifications 1 26 sinewave extended bandwidth specifications 1 25 25 sinewave specifications dc offset specifications squarewave characteristics trianglewave characteristics typical AC Voltage Verification 3 41 Verifying AUX Output 3 43 AC Voltage frequency function Verification 6 34 6 89 Access procedures 4 3 c Calibration AC current 3 15 AC volts Capacitance 3 24 DC volts 3 6 3 8 8 10 B 114 20 Frequency NORM volts and AUX current phase NORM volts and AUX volts phase Index Reports generating 3 34 Resistance 3 21
165. ecifications Triangle Wave amp Frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Truncated 5 C rags Ker Sine of output of range 2 Range p p 1 Normal Channel Single Output Mode 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits on 2 9 mV each range to 93V 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on 1 kHz to 20 kHz 0 5 0 25 each range 20 kHz to 100 kHz 5 0 0 5 3 Auxiliary Output Dual Output Mode 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits on 93 mV each range to 14 V 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 Six digits on 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 each range 1 kHz to 10 kHz 5 0 0 5 1 To convert p p to rms for triangle wave multiply the p p value by 0 2886751 To convert p p to rms for truncated sine wave multiply the p p value by 0 2165063 2 Uncertainty is stated in p p Amplitude is verified using an rms responding DMM 3 Uncertainty for Truncated Sine outputs is typical over this frequency band Square Wave Range Frequency p p 1 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of output of range 2 Normal Channel Single Output Mode to 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 0 25 0 25 1 kHz to 20 kHz 0 5 0 25 20 kHz to 100 kHz 5 04 0 5 Auxiliary Output Dual Output Mode Max Voltage Resolution Two digits on each range Six digits on each
166. ed value of AC Current by adding the AC DC difference 4 of the A40 series shunt used at the frequency under test 1 064 MATH MEM M 21 MEM M 21 Store corrected value into the UUT 1 065 IEEE CAL NEXT MEM OPC I GTL 1 066 IEEE ERR I GTL 1 067 MATH FLD MEM2 1 1 068 JMPT 1 231 Ask UUT for next value to calibrate 1 069 IEEE CAL REF I GTL Figure 3 9 Sample MET CAL Program cont 3 11 DC Volts Calibration AUX Output To calibrate the auxiliary dc voltage function use the same technique as previously described for the normal dc voltage output except use the AUX HI and LO terminals on the UUT Table 3 12 lists the calibration steps for AUX dc volts Table 3 12 Calibration Steps for AUX DC Volts Step 5520A Output AUX 300 000 mV 3 00000 V 7 00000 V 3 12 AC Volts Calibration AUX Output To calibrate the auxiliary ac voltage function use the same technique as previously described for the normal ac voltage output except use the AUX HI and LO terminals on the UUT Table 3 13 lists the calibration steps for AUX dc volts Table 3 13 Calibration Steps for AUX Output AC Volts Bur 5520A Output AUX Ampiude Frequency 1 300 000 mV 100 Hz 2 300 000 mV 5 kHz 3 3 00000 V 100 Hz 4 3 00000 V 5 kHz 5 5 0000 V 100 Hz 6 5 0000 V 5 kHz 7 3 0 V 9 99 Hz 3 20 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibr
167. ements at each step Note that in the EDGE function the topline is very near OV and the baseline is a negative voltage 3 For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to enter the average or mean value See Setup for Square Wave Measurements earlier in this section for more details The true amplitude of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana Plug Adapter 50 Q feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 20 for the proper connections Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure leveled sine amplitude Then follow these steps to calibrate Leveled Sine Wave amplitude SC300 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 50 Q feedthrough termination then to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine
168. ements for values smaller than 110 kQ then two wire measurements for higher resistance values Table 3 23 Verification Tests for Resistance 3 38 Range Output Lower Limit Upper Limit 10 9999 Q 0 0000 0 0010 Q 0 0010 Q 10 9999 Q 2 0000 Q 1 9989 2 0011 Q 10 9999 Q 10 9000 Q 10 8986 Q 10 9014 Q 32 9999 Q 11 9000 Q 11 8982 Q 11 9018 Q 32 9999 Q 19 0000 Q 18 9980 Q 19 0020 Q 32 9999 Q 30 0000 Q 29 9978 Q 30 0023 Q 109 9999 33 0000 Q 32 9979 Q 33 0021 Q 109 9999 109 0000 108 9962 Q 109 0038 Q 329 9999 Q 119 0000 118 9954 119 0046 329 9999 Q 190 0000 189 9938 190 0062 Q 329 9999 Q 300 0000 Q 299 9914 Q 300 0086 Q 1 099999 kQ 0 330000 kQ 0 329991 kQ 0 330009 kQ 1 099999 kQ 1 090000 kQ 1 089974 kQ 1 090026 kQ 3 299999 kQ 1 190000 kQ 1 189954 1 190046 3 299999 kQ 1 900000 kQ 1 899938 kQ 1 900062 kQ 3 299999 kQ 3 000000 kQ 2 999914 kQ 3 000086 kQ 10 99999 kQ 3 30000 kQ 3 29991 kQ 3 30009 kQ 10 99999 kQ 10 90000 kQ 10 89974 kQ 10 90026 kQ 32 99999 kQ 11 90000 kQ 11 89954 11 90046 32 99999 kQ 19 00000 kQ 18 99938 kQ 19 00062 kQ 32 99999 kQ 30 00000 kQ 29 99914 kQ 30 00086 kQ 109 9999 kQ 33 0000 kQ 32 9991 kQ 33 0009 kQ 109 9999 kQ 109 0000 kQ 108 9974 kQ 109 0026 kQ 329 9999 kQ 119 0000 kQ 118 9950 kQ 119 0050 kQ 329 9999 kQ 190 0000 kQ 189
169. ensure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up prior to its use Refer to each equipment s operating manual for details Before you begin calibration you may wish to review all of the procedures in advance to ensure you have the resources to complete them The Calibrator Mainframe first prompts the user to calibrate the DC Voltage function If another function is to be calibrated alternately press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the desired function is reached 6 29 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage 6 30 6 31 Functions The Voltage Edge and Wave Generator functions have square wave voltages that need to be calibrated or verified The HP3458A digital multimeter can be programmed from either the front panel or over the remote interface to make these measurements Overview of HP3458A Operation The Hewlett Packard 3458A digital multimeter is setup as a digitizer to measure the peak to peak value of the signal It is set to DCV using various analog to digital integration times and triggering commands to measure the topline and baseline of the square wave signal Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements By controlling the HP 3458A s integration and sample time it can be used to make accurate repeatable measurements of both the topline and baseline of the Voltage Square Wave up to 10 kHz To make these measurements the HP 3458A s External Trigger function is used in
170. epeat the low frequency calibration procedure for the next amplitude unless the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate pulse width Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants SC300 Option 6 Verification 6 111 Verification 6 112 6 113 6 114 All of the Oscilloscope Calibration functions should be verified at least once per year or each time the SC300 is calibrated The verification procedures in this section provide traceable results however the factory uses different procedures and instruments of higher precision than those described here The procedures in this manual have been developed to provide users the ability to verify the SC300 at their own site if they are required to do so Fluke strongly recommends that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration and verification All equipment specified for SC300 verification must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be maintained and operating within their normal specified operating environment It is also important to ensure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up prior to its use Refer to each equipment s operating manual for details Before you begin verification you may wish to review all of the procedures in advance to ensure you have the resources to complete them DC Voltage Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett
171. eps Figure 6 16 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 80 Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Adjustments need to be made after repair to the edge function to adjust the edge aberrations 6 59 5520A Service Manual 6 60 6 81 6 82 Note To verify the edge aberrations back to national standards you should send your Calibrator Mainframe to Fluke or other facility that has established traceability for aberrations Fluke for example has a reference pulse that is sent to the National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST for characterization This information is then transferred to high speed sampling heads which are used to adjust and verify the SC600 Equipment Setup The following equipment is needed for this procedure e Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with SD22 26 input module or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth e 10dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent Output cable provided with the SC600 Before you begin this procedure verify that the SC600 is in the edge mode the Edge menu is displayed and program it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Press to activate the output Refer to Figure 6 7 for the proper setup connections and connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the oscilloscope Set the oscilloscope vertical to 10 mV div and horizontal to 1 ns div Set the oscilloscope to look at the 90 point of the edge signal use this point as the reference level S
172. equipment listed in Table 3 10 is required for calibration of the ac current function The equipment is also listed in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Refer to Figure 3 8 for the proper connections Table 3 10 Test Equipment Required for Calibrating AC Current Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment 1 Fluke 5500A LEADS Test lead set 1 Fluke PN 900394 Type N to dual banana adapter 1 Fluke 5790A AC Measurement Standard 1 Fluke A40 10 mA Current Shunt 10 mA 1 Fluke A40 200 mA Current Shunt 200 mA 1 Fluke A40 2A Current Shunt 2 A 1 Fluke A40A 20A Current Shunt 20 A 1 Fluke 792A 7004 A40 Current Shunt Adapter 3 15 5520A Service Manual Table 3 11 Calibration Steps for AC Current 5520A Output AUX HI LO Step Amplitude Frequency Shunt to Use 1 3 29990 mA 100 00 Hz Fluke A40 10 mA 2 0 33000 mA 100 00 Hz Fluke A40 10 mA 3 3 00000 mA 10 00 kHz Fluke A40 10 mA 4 3 00000 mA 30 000 kHz Fluke A40 10 mA 5 0 30000 mA 100 00 Hz Fluke A40 10 mA 6 0 30000 mA 10 00 kHz Fluke A40 10 mA 7 0 30000 mA 30 00 kHz Fluke A40 10 mA 8 30 0000 mA 100 00 Hz Fluke A40 200 mA 9 30 0000 mA 10 00 kHz Fluke A40 200 mA 10 30 0000 mA 30 00 kHz Fluke A40 200 mA 11 300 000 mA 100 00 Hz Fluke A40 2A 12 300 000 mA 10 00 kHz Fluke A40 2A 13 300 000 mA 30 00 kHz Fluke A40 2A 14 2 00000 A 100 00 Hz Fluke A40 2A 15 2 00000 A 1000 0 Hz Fluke A40 2A 16 2 000
173. erization can be performed with the 5520A as long as you perform the entire 5520A dc current calibration first During dc characterization data is obtained for each of the ac current levels required by the ac current calibration procedure For example if a shunt is used for 33 mA ac and 3 3 mA ac calibrations data must be obtained at 33 mA dc and 3 3 mA dc Follow these steps to characterize the shunt 1 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 7 792 7004 Current shunt adapter 1000V RMS MAX 1000V RMS MAX SHELL FLOATING CAN SHUNT NORMAL AUX INPUT 1 A INPUT 2 ROI A 0 SENSEAUXY f A40 shunt Set 5790A to external guard yg130f eps Figure 3 7 Connections for Calibrating AC Current with a Fluke A40 Shunt 2 For each amplitude listed in Table 3 11 apply the equivalent positive and negative dc current from the 5520A 3 Compute the actual dc characterization value using this formula value value 2 The time between the dc characterization of a current shunt and its use in the calibration process should be kept to an absolute minimum To reduce this time each shunt is characterized as it is needed As the ac current calibration procedure is performed it must be temporarily aborted each time a new shunt value is required After the required shunt is characterized
174. erves the right to invoice Buyer for importation costs of repair replacement parts when product purchased in one country is submitted for repair in another country Fluke s warranty obligation is limited at Fluke s option to refund of the purchase price free of charge repair or replacement of a defective product which is returned to a Fluke authorized service center within the warranty period To obtain warranty service contact your nearest Fluke authorized service center to obtain return authorization information then send the product to that service center with a description of the difficulty postage and insurance prepaid FOB Destination Fluke assumes no risk for damage in transit Following warranty repair the product will be returned to Buyer transportation prepaid FOB Destination If Fluke determines that failure was caused by neglect misuse contamination alteration accident or abnormal condition of operation or handling including overvoltage failures caused by use outside the product s specified rating or normal wear and tear of mechanical components Fluke will provide an estimate of repair costs and obtain authorization before commencing the work Following repair the product will be returned to the Buyer transportation prepaid and the Buyer will be billed for the repair and return transportation charges FOB Shipping Point THIS WARRANTY IS BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EX
175. et the oscilloscope to look at the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display Adjusting the Edge Aberrations Refer to Figure 6 17 while making the following adjustments 1 Adjust A90R 13 to set the edge signal at the right edge of oscilloscope display at 10 ns to the reference level set above 2 Adjust A90R36 so the first overshoot is the same amplitude as the next highest aberration 3 Adjust A90R35 so that the second and third overshoot aberrations are the same amplitude as the first aberration 4 Adjust A90R 12 to set the edge signal occurring between 2 ns and 10 ns to the reference level set above 5 Readjust A90R36 and A90R35 to obtain equal amplitudes for the first second and third aberrations 6 Adjust A90R 13 to set the edge signal occurring between 0 ns and 2 ns to the reference point set above Center any aberrations so the peaks are equal above and below the reference level 7 Readjust A90R 12 if necessary to keep the edge signal occurring between 2 ns and 10 ns at the reference level 8 Readjust A90R 13 if necessary to keep the edge signal occurring between 0 ns and 2 ns at the reference level 9 Setthe UUT output to 250 mV and the oscilloscope vertical to 2 mV div Check the aberrations 10 Connect the 10 dB attenuator to the oscilloscope input Connect the UUT to the attenuator and program the UUT output to 2 5 V 96600 Option 6 90600 Hardware A
176. ett Packard 8590A Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function There is one adjustment procedure that need to be made for the leveled sine wave function The procedure adjusts the harmonics Equipment Setup This procedure uses the spectrum analyzer Before you begin this procedure verify that the Calibrator Mainframe is in leveled sine wave mode the Levsine menu is displayed and program it to output 5 5 V p p 50 MHz Press to activate the output Refer to Figure 6 24 for setup connections and connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the Spectrum Analyzer Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer so that it displays one peak across its horizontal centerline The far right of the peak is fixed at the far right of the centerline as shown below Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Note This procedure should only be used for adjusting the leveled sine wave harmonics Do not use this procedure as a verification test The specifications in this procedure are not valid for verification Set the Spectrum Analyzer to the parameters listed below Spectrum Analyzer Setup Start Frequency 50 MHz Stop Frequency 500 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 3 MHz Video Bandwidth 3 kHz Reference Level 20 dBm Use your Spectrum Analyzer s Peak Search function to find the desired reference signal The Analyzer should show the fundamental and second and third harmonics The harmonics need to be adjusted so that the second harmonic is at 34 dBc and third harmonic sho
177. floor as shown 1 Max Distortion for 100 kHz to 200 kHz For 200 kHz to 500 kHz the maximum distortion is 0 996 of 2 Duty Cycle Currents 11 A may be provided continuously For currents 11 A see Figure 1 4 The current may be provided 60 T I minutes any 60 minute period where T is the temperature in C room temperature is about 23 C and is the output current in Amps For example 17 A at 23 C could be provided for 60 17 23 20 minutes each hour 3 For compliance voltages greater than 1 V add 1 mA V to the floor specification from 1 kHz to 5 kHz 4 For compliance voltages greater than 1 V add 5 mA V to the floor specification from 5 kHz to 10 kHz Introduction and Specifications 1 Specifications AC Current Sine Wave Specifications cont LCOMP on Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 Max Distortion Max Range Frequency C amp Noise 10 Hz Inductive 96 of output to 100 kHz BW Load 96 90 days 1 year a uH 29 00 LA to 10Hzto 100 Hz 0 2 0 2 0 25 0 2 0 1 1 0 329 99 uA 100 Hz to 1 kHz 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 5 0 05 1 0 0 33 mA to 10 Hz to 100 Hz 0 2 0 3 0 25 0 3 0 15 4 1 5 3 2999 mA 100 Hz to 1 kHz 0 5 0 8 0 6 0 8 0 06 1 5 3 3 mA to 10 Hz to 100 Hz 0 07 4 0 08 4 0 15 5 400 32 999 mA 100 Hz to 1 kHz 0 18 10 0 2 4 10 0 0545 33 mA to 10 Hz to 100 Hz 0 07 40 0 08 40 0 15 50 329 99 mA 100 Hz to 1 kHz
178. for Calibrating Thermocouple Connections for Calibrating DC Current eese Connections for Calibrating AC Current with a Fluke A40 Shunt Connections for Calibrating AC Current with a Fluke A40A Shunt Sample MET CAL Program eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeee eene enean nnne entente then then nne Four Wire Resistance Connection esee ener nennen Scaling the DMM to a Fluke 742A eese nennen Two Wire Resistance Connection eese nennen nennen Scaling the DMM to a Guildline 9334 essere Connections for Calibrating Capacitance esse ee eee ee eee eee eee eee Normal Volts and AUX Volts Phase Verification eene Volts and Current Phase ke ke k d et O GO Q2 O29 WW G2 WH U9 O9 WH O9 O9 O9 OS K QUA HA da HE T E S oe Un Un Un tA E UU Connections for Verifying AC Current with a Metal Film Resistor 3 2090 mA and Below les ede ipea Ero eo Dna Rad LER a d MEE EET Red High Value Capacitance Measurement Set up eene Example Visual Basic Program seen nn ener Exploded View of Rear Panel Assemblies eee Exploded View of Front Panel Asse
179. ger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function Table 6 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function 20 ms to 150 ns ewwono 0 100 21V 2 ns 5 s to 750 ns off 1 21V 2 ns 34 9 ms to 2 ns off 100 21V 2 ns Pulse Period Division Ratio 1 Amplitude into 50 p p Typical Rise Time 34 9 ms to off 10 21V 2 ns 7 5 ns SC600 Option 6 SC600 Specifications 6 12 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function Table 6 9 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function Edge Signal Division Typical Amplitude Typical Rise Time Typical Lead Time Frequency Ratio into 50 p p 1 kHz to 10 MHz off 1 21V lt 2ns 40 ns 6 13 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function Table 6 10 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function Typical Rise Time Frequency Ratio into 50 p p Monzo tome om zv T 6 14 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Signal Division Typical Amplitude Typical Lead Time Table 6 11 TV Trigger Signal Specifications Trigger Signal Type Parameters Field Formats Selectable NTSC SECAM PAL PAL M Polarity Selectable inverted or uninverted video Amplitude into 50 p p Adjustable 0 to 1 5 V p p into 50 ohm load 7 accuracy Line Marker Selectable Line Video Marker 6 15 Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications Table 6 12 Oscil
180. gnal to the marker circuits on the A50 board where the signal is shaped into the other marker waveforms The marker signals are passed from the A50 board to the attenuator assembly and on to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel Wave Generator Mode All signals for the wavegen function are generated from the A6 board and are passed to the A50 board They are then sent to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs Wavegen signals are then sent to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel Video and pulse generator mode signals are derived entirely from dedicated circuitry on the A50 SC600 option board If there are faults associated only with these functions the A50 board most likely needs replacement Input Impedance Mode Resistance The reference resistors for this mode are on the A50 board while the DCV reference signal and measuring signals are on the A6 DDS board Input Impedance Mode Capacitance Capacitance measurement circuits are contained on the A50 SC600 Scope Option board utilizing signals from the leveled sine wave source If there are faults associated only with capacitance measurement the A50 board most likely needs replacement Overload Mode The source voltage for the overload mode is generated on the A51 Voltage Video board of the A50 SC600 Option board The voltage is applied to the external 50 Q load and the circuit current is monitored by the A6 DDS board 6 13 5520A Service Manual
181. h frequency The equipment setups are different for each band Flatness calibration of the low frequency band is made relative to 50 KHz Flatness calibration of the high frequency band is made relative to 10 MHz Leveled Sine Wave flatness is calibrated at multiple amplitudes Both low and high frequency bands are calibrated at each amplitude Calibration begins with the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the first amplitude followed by the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the second amplitude and so on until the flatness calibration is complete 5520A Service Manual 6 82 6 109 8 110 Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure leveled sine flatness Low Frequency Calibration Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the 5790A WIDEBAND input as described under Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness Follow these steps to calibrate low frequency Leveled Sine Wave flatness for the amplitude being calibrated 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Establish the 50 KHz reference e Allow the 5790A rms reading to stabilize e Press the 5790A Set Ref blue softkey Clear any previous reference by pressing the 5790A Clear Ref blue softkey prior to setting the new reference if required Press the GO ON blue softkey 4 Adjust the amplitude using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until the 5790A reference devi
182. h larger than what most RCL meters can measure The method described below uses a dc current from a precision current source and a high speed sampling digital multimeter to verify the 5520A capacitance outputs from 200 uF to 110 mF Capacitance Measurement By definition capacitance is the product of an applied current and the ratio of the charging time to the charging voltage C I Av 3 47 5520A Service Manual A technique for measuring capacitance is to apply a known current across the capacitor and measure the voltage change over a known time interval Table 3 29 Test Equipment Required for High value Capacitance Measurement Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment 1 Fluke 5500A LEADS Test lead set 1 Hewlett Packard 3458A DMM 1 Fluke 5700A Calibrator Computer control of the instruments is highly recommended to eliminate manual timing uncertainties Note For this technique the amplitude of the current is chosen to limit compliance voltage across the capacitor under test to lt 3 V over a charging interval of 10 seconds Refer to Table 3 28 for the dc current required for each capacitance value to be verified For proper timing implementing this routine under computer control is highly recommended See Figure 3 19 for an example Visual Basic program If you wish to perform this verification under manual control the HP 3458A DMM can be programmed from its front panel to give the
183. h the Volt menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the AC Voltage function Verification at 1 MQ For the 1 MQ verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Connect the Calibrator Mainframe TRIG OUT connector to the HP 3458A Ext Trig connector located on the rear of that instrument Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 1 MQ The blue softkey under Output toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 5520A Service Manual 6 32 1 When making measurements at 1 kHz set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 TRIG EXT and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the topline of the wave form and the DELAY to 0012 for measuring the baseline of the wave form Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 2 Enable the Calibrator Mainframe external trigger by toggling the blue softkey under TRIG to 1 3 Measure the topline first as indicated in Table 6 21 For each measurement take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to determine the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements for more details 4 Measure the baseline of each output after the corresponding topline measurement
184. he power meter s reading in Column A of Table 6 56 6 101 5520A Service Manual 6 102 3 Enter 10 MHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the power meter reading to stabilize then enter the power meter s reading in Column B of Table 6 56 4 Enter the next frequency listed in Table 6 56 Allow the power meter s reading to stabilize then enter the reading into Column A of the table 5 Enter 10 MHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the power meter reading to stabilize then enter the power meter s reading in Column B of Table 6 56 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all of frequencies listed in Table 6 56 Continue until you have completed Columns A and B 7 When you have completed Columns A and B press to remove the Calibrator Mainframe s output Complete Table 6 56 by performing the calculations for each column Compare Column G to the specifications listed in the final column Table 6 56 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator B Calibrator Mainframe A 10 MHz E F G Mainframe Freq MHz Flatness Spec 26 1 50 100 uV 1 50 100 uV 1 50 100 uV 2 00 100 uV 2 00 100 uV 2 00 100 uV 2 00 100 uV 2 00 100 uV 2 00 100 uV 2 00 100uV A mo o DW Complete Columns A G as follows Enter the 437B present frequency Reading W Enter the 437B 10 MHz Reading W Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency
185. ibrated the temperature coefficient as stated in the General Specifications must be applied The specifications also assume the Calibrator is zeroed every seven days or whenever the ambient temperature changes more than 5 C The tightest ohms specifications are maintained with a zero cal every 12 hours within 1 C of use Also see additional specifications later in this chapter for information on extended specifications for ac voltage and current The dimensional outline for the 5520A Calibrator is shown in Figure 1 3 5 5 Ed 85 E EE 5 2 2 2 2 OOO 000 E363 E zm 5 OOO OO BA OOH oof 3 GOO oc A ES 47 0 cm 18 5 in 6 4 cm 2 5 in For Cable Access nn032f eps Figure 1 3 5520A Calibrator Dimensional Outline Introduction and Specifications Specifications 1 1 9 General Specifications Warmup Time Twice the time since last warmed up to a maximum of 30 minutes Settling Time Less than 5 seconds for all functions and ranges except as noted Standard Interfaces IEEE 488 GPIB RS 232 5725A Amplifier Temperature Performance Operating 0 C to 50 C Calibration tcal 15 C to 35 C Storage 20 C to 70 C
186. ifications Additional Specifications 1 1 32 AC Current Non Sine Wave Specifications Triangle Wave amp Frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Max a current fap of output of range Resolution 0 047 mA 0 01 Hz o 10 Hz 5 0 4 0 5 Two digits to 0 92999 mA 1 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits 1 kHz to 10 kHz 102 0 93 mA to 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 4 0 5 Two digits 9 29999 mA 1 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits 1 kHz to 10 kHz 102 9 3 mA to 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 4 0 5 Two digits 92 9999 mA 1 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits 1 kHz to 10 kHz 102 93 mA to 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 4 0 5 Two digits 929 999 mA 1 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 5 Six digits 1 kHz to 10 kHz 102 0 93 A to 10 Hz to 45 Hz 0 5 1 0 8 49999 A 45 Hz to 1kHz 0 5 0 5 1 kHz to 10 kHz 10142 Six digits 8 5 A to 57 A 2 45 Hz to 500 Hz 0 5 0 5 500 Hz to 1 kHz 1 0 1 0 1 Frequency limited to 1 kHz with LCOMP on 2 Frequency limited to 440 Hz with LCOMP on 1 29 5520A Service Manual 1 30 AC Current Non Sine Wave Specifications cont Square Wave Frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Max Range teal 5 C Current p p of output of range Resolution 0 047 mA to 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits 0 65999 mA 1
187. ifications sees eee eee eee 6 6 Pulse Generator Specifications essere ener 6 7 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function eene 6 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function esses 6 9 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function 6 10 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function 6 11 TV Trigger Signal Specifications eene enn 6 12 Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications sees eee eee eee eee e 6 13 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications ss 6 14 Overload Measurement Specifications seen 6 15 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment essere 6 16 Voltage HP3458A Settings essere enne nre nennen nennen nnne 6 17 Edge and Wave Generator HP3458A Settings eee 6 18 Verification Methods for SC600 Functions esee 6 19 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MG 6 20 DC Voltage Verification at 50 3 eee 6 21 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MG 6 22 AC Voltage Verification at 50 G 6 23 AC Voltage Frequency Verification nemen rennen 6 24 Edge Amplification Verification eese rennen 6 25 Edge Frequency Verification 6 26 Edge Rise RTT ele eem nen
188. ighest range shown above 2 The maximum offset value is determined by the difference between the peak value of the selected voltage output and the allowable maximum peak signal For example a 10 V p p square wave output has a peak value of 5 V allowing a maximum offset up to 50 V to not exceed the 55 V maximum peak signal The maximum offset values shown above are for the minimum outputs in each range 3 For frequencies 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz and 500 kHz to 2 MHz the offset uncertainty is 5 of output 1 of the offset range 1 27 5520A Service Manual 1 29 AC Voltage Square Wave Characteristics Risetime Settling Time Overshoot 1kHz 1kHz 1kHz Duty Cycle Duty Cycle Uncertainty Typical Typical Typical Range 1us 10 us to 196 296 1 to 99 0 02 of period 100 ns 50 duty cycle of final value 3 3 V p p 0 05 of period 100 ns other duty cycles 0 01 Hz to from 1096 to 90 100 kHz 1 30 AC Voltage Triangle Wave Characteristics typical Linearity to 1 kHz Aberrations 0 3 of p p value from 10 to 90 point lt 1 of p p value with amplitude gt 50 of range 1 31 AC Current Sine Wave Extended Bandwidth Specifications 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Max Range Frequency tcal 5 C Current t 96 of output of range 2 Resolution All current ranges 330 mA 0 01 Hz to 10 Hz 5 0 4 0 5 2 digits 1 28 Introduction and Spec
189. ime Mark IV Unleveled Leveled PLLs Pwr Amp Leveling Loop Edge Level 10 MHz Clock LF Mux O Analog Shaped o lt Trigger 1 10 100 1000 Oscilloscope Calibrator rigger BNC F Mux 8dB 20dB 20dB Opp detect 49 Figure 6 18 SC300 Block Diagram yg121f eps 6 73 Service Manual 6 99 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification Table 6 41 lists the equipment recommended models and minimum specifications required for each calibration and verification procedure Table 6 41 SC300 Calibration and Verification Equipment Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Wave Generator Edge Amplitude Calibration AC Voltage Verification Digital HP 3458A Multimeter Voltage 1 8 mV to 105 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Edge 4 5 mV to 2 75 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 1 used with Edge Amplitude Calibration and AC Voltage Verification BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Edge Rise Time and Aberrations Verification High Tektronix 11801 with Frequency 2 GHz Frequency Tektronix SD 22 26 Digital Storage sampling head or Oscilloscope Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth Resolution 4 5 mV to 2 75 V Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA 10 dB 3 5 mm m f or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent Adapter BNC f to 3
190. ing to stabilize Multiply the 5790A reading by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Enter the corrected rms reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and calculation and carefully re enter the corrected rms reading insuring proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 6 Repeat step 5 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate Leveled Sine flatness Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants 6 23 5520A Service Manual 6 24 JEJE a 4 4 a 4 244 1 ASS E 5 m 5 Q 6 38 6 39 yg034f eps Figure 6 4 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration Leveled Sine Wave flatness calibration is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 MHz low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 600 MHz high frequency The equipment setups are different fo
191. inue until you have completed Columns A and B 7 When you have completed Columns A and B press to remove the Calibrator Mainframe s output Complete Table 6 33 by performing the calculations for each column Compare Column G to the specifications listed in the final column Table 6 33 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator Calibrator Mainframe B Mainframe Freq MHz A 10MHz C D E F G Flatness Spec 96 30 __ 5160 70 1 50 120 2 00 290 2 00 360 4 00 390 4 00 w To 480 4 00 570 4 00 580 4 00 590 4 00 600 4 00 Complete Columns as follows A Enter the 437B present frequency Reading W B Enter the 437B 10 MHz Reading W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column A entry sqrt Column B entry sqrt Column B entry Enter the 10 MHz rms Error 96 for 5 5 V from Table 6 32 Column C G Compute and enter the Calibrator Mainframe Flatness Deviation 56 Column E entry Column F entry 6 47 5520A Service Manual 6 65 Time Marker Verification This procedure uses the following equipment PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenize
192. ions 6 37 each step Note that in the EDGE function the topline is very near OV and the baseline is a negative voltage For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to enter the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements for more details The true amplitude of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment 5790A AC Measurement Standard BNC f to Double Banana Plug Adapter 50 Q feedthrough termination BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure leveled sine amplitude Then follow these steps to calibrate Leveled Sine Wave amplitude 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 50 Q feedthrough termination then to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Press the GO ON blue softkey Press to activate operating mode on the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790A rms read
193. is setting is stored in nonvolatile memory Parameter Page length RPT_PLEN Description Returns the page length used for calibration reports Parameter None Response Integer Page length Calibration and Verification Generating a Calibration Report RPT_STR Description Sets the user report string used for calibration reports The string is stored in nonvolatile memory The CALIBRATION switch must be set to ENABLE Parameter String of up to 40 characters RPT_STR Description Returns the user report string used for calibration reports Parameter None Response String Up to 40 characters STOP PR Description Terminates printing a calibration report if one was being printed Parameter None UNCERT Description Returns specified uncertainties for the present output If there is no specification for an output the uncertainty returned is zero Parameter 1 Optional The preferred unit in which to express the primary output uncertainty default is PCT 2 Optional The preferred unit in which to express the secondary output uncertainty default is same as primary unit Response 1 Float 90 day specified uncertainty of primary output 2 Float 1 year specified uncertainty of primary output 3 Character unit of primary output uncertainty 4 Float 90 day specified uncertainty of secondary output 5 Float 1 year specified uncertainty of secondary output 6 Character unit of secondary output uncertainty
194. its rated over 4800 VA Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in personal injury or loss of life Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to equipment SYMBOLS MARKED ON THE CALIBRATOR A WARNING Risk of electric shock Refer to the manual see the Index for references iiH GROUND Ground terminal to chassis earth Attention Refer to the manual see the Index for references This symbol indicates that information about usage of a feature is contained in the manual AC POWER SOURCE The Calibrator is intended to operate from an ac power source that will not apply more than 264V ac rms between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord is required for safe operation USE THE PROPER FUSE To avoid fire hazard use only the specified replacement fuse e For 100 V or 120 V operation use a 5A 250V time delay fuse Fluke PN 109215 e For 220 V or 240 V operation use a 2 5A 250V time delay fuse Fluke PN 851931 GROUNDING THE CALIBRATOR The Calibrator uses controlled overvoltage techniques that require the Calibrator to be grounded whenever normal mode or common mode ac voltages or transient voltages may occur The enclosure must be grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord or through the rear panel CHASSIS GROUND binding post
195. le Parts How to Obtain Parts err 19 09H eew x9 ZZH LZH 66M 5520A A63 2 of 6 29H 8SH pL L dlN X6 S y 99d 22 61 S 6dIN 9edN 92H I dW 77H ZH XC ZEH 9EH yg020f eps Figure 5 2 Front Panel Assembly 5 9 5520A Service Manual MP40 MP41 2X Rear View 5520A A63 Figure 5 2 Front Panel Assembly cont List of Replaceable Parts 5 How to Obtain Parts Table 5 3 Rear Panel Assembly Reference Deser stlon Fluke Total Designator P Stock No Quantity E1 BINDING HEAD PLATED 102889 1 BINDING POST STUD PLATED 1 FUSE 25X1 25 5A 250V SLOW 1 F2 F3 A FUSE 25X1 25 2 5A 250V SLOW 851931 2 FL1 FILTER LINE 250VAC 4A W ENTRY 944269 1 FL10 FILTER LINE PART FUSE DRWR W S 944277 1 FL9 FILTER LINE PART VOLTAGE SELEC 944272 1 H2 NUT HEX BR 1 4 28 110619 1 H16 H17 CONN ACC MICRO RIBBON SCREW LO 854737 2 H18 21 SCREW CAP SCKT STL LOCK 6 32 944772 4 H22 25 SCREW MODIFIED 660933 4 H26 29 NUT HEX ELASTIC STOP STL 10 32 944350 4 H40 H41 SCREW FHU P SS 6 32 312 867234 2 5 H53 H55 WASHER LOW THERMAL 8 859939 2 H57 H58 WASHER FLAT SS 174 375 030 176743 2 H59 H60 CONN ACC D SUB JACKSCREW 944715 2 H61 H62 NUT EXT LOCK STL 8
196. ll functions Hewlett 3458A DMM DC voltage dc current Packard with 002 resistance capacitance Option thermocouple measurement and sourcing 1 Fluke 752A Reference Divider 100 1 10 1 DC voltage 1 Keithley 155 Null Detector DC voltage calibrate Fluke 752A for dc voltage 1 Fluke 742A 1k Resistance Standard 1 DC current 1 Fluke 742A 100 Resistance Standard 100 Q DC current 1 Fluke 742A 10 Resistance Standard 10 Q DC current 1 Fluke 742A 1 Resistance Standard 1 Q DC current 1 Guildline 9230 0 1 Q shunt DC current verification procedure only 1 Guildline 9230 0 01 Q shunt DC current 1 Fluke 742A 1M Resistance Standard 1 M Q Resistance 1 Fluke 742A 10 M Resistance Standard 10 MQ Resistance 1 Guildline 9334 100 M Resistance Standard 100 M Q Resistance 1 Guildline 9384 10 Resistance Standard 1G Q Resistance 1 Fluke PN 900394 Type N to dual banana adapter AC voltage 1 Fluke 5790A AC Measurement Standard AC voltage ac current 5520A Service Manual Table 3 1 Consolidated List of Required Equipment for Calibration and Verification cont Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment Purpose 1 Fluke A40 10 mA 20 mA 200 mA 2A AC current current shunts 1 Fluke A40A 20 A current shunt AC current 1 Fluke 792A 7004 A40 Current Shunt Adapter AC current 1 various metal film 1 KQ 200 Q AC current re
197. ll of frequencies listed in Table 6 55 Continue until you have completed Columns A and B 7 When you have completed Columns A and B press to remove the Calibrator Mainframe s output Complete Table 6 55 by performing the calculations for column C Compare Column C to the specifications listed in the final column Table 6 55 Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Sonia A B Calibrator Mainframe Frequency 50 kHz Flatness Specification 500 kHz 1 50 100 pV MHz 1 50 100 pV 2 MHz 1 50 100 pV 5 MHz 1 50 100 pV 10 MHz 1 50 100 pV Complete Columns A C as follows A Enter 5790A Reading mV for the present frequency B Enter 5790A Reading mV for 50 kHz C Compute and enter the Calibrator Mainframe Flatness Deviation 96 100 Column A entry Column B entry Column B entry 6 131 High Frequency Verification This procedure provides an example of testing high frequency flatness using a 5 5 V output Follow the same procedure for testing other amplitudes only compare results against the flatness specification listed in Table 6 56 For this voltage range you will use the model HP 8482A power sensor 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 30 MHz Press opr on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Allow the power meter reading to stabilize The power meter should display approximately 75 mW Enter t
198. loscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications Scope input selected 1 MO Measurement Range 400 to 602 500 kQ to 1 5 MQ Uncertainty 0 1 0 1 6 16 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications Table 6 13 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications Scope input selected 1 MQ Measurement Range 5 pF to 50 pF Uncertainty 5 of input 0 5 pF 1 1 Measurement made within 30 minutes of capacitance zero reference SC600 option must be selected for at least five minutes prior to any capacitance measurement including the zero process 5520A Service Manual 6 17 Overload Measurement Specifications Table 6 14 Overload Measurement Specifications Source Typical On current Typical Off current Maximum Time Limit DC or Voltage indication indication AC 1 kHz 5Vto9V 100 mA to 180 mA 10 mA setable 1 s to 60s 6 18 Theory of Operation The following discussion provides a brief overview of the following SC600 operating modes voltage edge leveled sine wave time marker wave generator video pulse generator input impedance and overload This discussion will allow you to identify which of the main plug in boards of the Calibrator Mainframe are defective Figure 6 1 shows a block diagram of the SC600 Option also referred to as the A50 board Functions that are not depicted in the figure are generated from the DDS Assembly A6
199. low frequency flatness using a 5 5 V output Follow the same procedure for testing other amplitudes only compare results against the flatness specification listed in Table 6 32 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 500 kHz Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize The 5790A should display approximately 1 94 V rms Enter the 5790A reading in Column A of Table 6 32 3 Enter 50 kHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then enter the 5790A reading in Column B of Table 6 32 4 Enter the next frequency listed in Table 6 32 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then enter the reading into Column of the table 5 Enter 50 kHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then enter the 5790A reading in Column B of Table 6 32 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all of frequencies listed in Table 6 32 Continue until you have completed Columns A and B 7 When you have completed Columns A and B press to remove the Calibrator Mainframe s output Complete Table 6 32 by performing the calculations for column C Compare Column C to the specifications listed in the final column Table 6 32 Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator r c R Calibrator Mainframe Maintrame A B c Flatness Specification 96 Frequency 50 kHz 500 kHz 1 50 1 MHz 1 50 2 MHz 1 50 A 5 MHz 1 50 10 MHz 1
200. mV 200 mV 250 mV 300 mV 500 mV 600 mV 1V 2 5V 1 kHz to 10 MHz lt 5 ps p p 2 5 ppm of setting Leading Edge Aberrations 2 within 2 ns from 50 of rising edge lt 8 of output 2 mV 2to5ns lt 2 of output 2 mV 5 to 15 ns lt 1 of output 2 mV after 15 ns lt 0 5 of output 2 mV Typical Duty Cycle 45 to 55 Tunnel Diode Pulse Drive Square wave at 100 Hz to 100 kHz with variable amplitude of 60 V to 100 V p p 1 Above 2 MHz rise time specification lt 350 ps 2 All edge aberration measurements made with Tektronix 11801 mainframe with SD26 input module 6 7 5520A Service Manual 6 6 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications Table 6 3 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications Leveled Sine Wave Characteristics into 50Q 50 kHz reference Amplitude Characteristics for measuring oscilloscope bandwidth Range p p 50 kHz to 100 MHz Frequency Range 100 MHz to 300 MHz 300 MHz to 600 MHz 5 mV to 5 5 V Resolution Adjustment Range lt 100 mV 3 digits 2 100 mV 4 digits continuously adjustable 1 Year Absolute 2 of 3 5 of 4 of output 6 of output Uncertainty output output 300 uV 300 uV tcal 5 C 300 uV 300 uV Flatness relative to not applicable 1 5 of 2 of 4 of output 50 kHz output output 100 uV 100 uV 100 nV Short Term Amplitude lt 1
201. mblies eee Front eT etri rem Rear Panel HE E PT stacks xi 5520A Service Manual Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard Connecting the HP 437B Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Sensor Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor Wave Generator Verification Setup sees eee eee eee ee nene Overload Function Verification Setup ce ee eee eee eree eee eee Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Balance sese Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics eene Adjusting Short Term e TTT SC300 Block RT Equipment Setup for SC300 Square Wave Measurements eree eee Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard Frequency Verification Setup sese nennen Edge Rise Time Verification Setup sees sees eee eee eee Edge Rise KTT Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Setup sene Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard Connecting the HP 437B Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Senso Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor Wave Generator Verification Setup Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics ss sss ee eee ee ee eee eee Adjusting Short Term Edge T SCO00 Bl
202. me to output 2 1 V at each frequency listed in Table 6 23 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 23 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 23 Table 6 23 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Calibrator Mainframe Frequency output 2 1 V p p 10 Hz 0 000025 Hz PM 6680 Reading Frequency Tolerance 100 Hz 0 00025 Hz 1 kHz 0 0025 Hz 10 kHz 0 025 Hz 6 34 SC600 Option 6 Verification 6 51 Edge Amplitude Verification For the Edge Amplitude verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe the external 50 Q termination and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter The 50 Q termination is closest to the HP 3458A input 1 For measurements of a 1 kHz signal set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline For measurements of a 10 kHz signal set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 001 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 00002 for measuring the topline and the DELAY to 00007 for measuring the baseline 2 Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measure
203. ments at each step Note that in the EDGE function the topline is very near 0 V and the baseline is a negative voltage See Table 6 24 3 For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to enter the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements for more details 4 The peak to peak value of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Record each reading as indicated in Table 6 24 Table 6 24 Edge Amplification Verification Peak to Calibrator HP 3458A Topline Baseline Peak to Peak x Tolerance Mainframe Edge Range Reading Reading Peak Correction V Output 100 mV 1 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0022 1 00V 1 kHz 1V dc 0 0202 5 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0003 10 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0004 25 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0007 50 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0012 100 mV 10 kHz 1Vadc 0 0022 500 mV 10 kHz 1 V dc 0 0102 1 00 V 10 kHz 1Vdc 0 0202 2 5 V 10 kHz 10 V dc 0 0502 6 52 Edge Frequency Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC cable supplied with the
204. mp Format Str stp For Output As CapChan this triggers the readings and stores them internally in the 3458 errmsg gpibPut a_3458 TARM SGL retrieve the number of samples stored loop until meter is finished taking samples errmsg gpibPut a 3458 MCOUNT Do response Space 80 errmsg gpibGet a 3458 response Loop Until Len response 0 no samples Val response now retrieve the data and put into array Print CapChan Val response For x 1 To no samples Do response Space 80 errmsg gpibGet a 3458 response Figure 3 19 Example Visual Basic Program Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Loop Until Len response lt gt 0 capdata x Val response Print CapChan Val response Next x Close CapChan throw out first and last reading compute delta v deltav capdata no samples 1 capdata 2 dci is the current multiply by the charge time and divide product by change in voltage End Sub charge time is 10 seconds 2 100mS samples 100mS for Oth sample result dci stp 9 7 deltav 3 29 Figure 3 19 Example Visual Basic Program cont Measurement Uncertainty An example of how to compute measurement uncertainty for a 3 mF verification is shown below Error Analysis Example 3 mF tested at 800 u A e 5700A DCI 2 0 mA range 50 ppm 10 nA at 800 4 A 62 5 ppm e HP 3458A DCV 1
205. n 1 1 1 Introduction The Fluke Model 5520A Multi Product Calibrator Figure 1 1 is a precise instrument that calibrates a wide variety of electrical measuring instruments With the 5520A Calibrator you can calibrate precision multimeters that measure ac or dc voltage ac or dc current ac or dc power resistance capacitance and temperature The 5520A can display pressure measurements when used with a Fluke 700 Series Pressure Module With the SC600 and SC300 Oscilloscope Calibration options you can use the 5520A Calibrator to calibrate analog and digital oscilloscopes Specifications are provided in this chapter specifications for the oscilloscope calibration options are provided in Chapter 6 A AWarning If the 5520A Calibrator is operated in any way not specified by this manual or other documentation provided by Fluke the protection provided by the Calibrator may be impaired SA SEN x S SENSE S p ii SUN o yg030f eps Figure 1 1 5520A Multi Product Calibrator 5520A Service Manual 1 4 1 2 Operation Overview The 5520A Calibrator may be operated at the front panel in the local mode or remotely using RS 232 or IEEE 488 ports For remote operations several software options are available to integrate 5520A operation into a wide variety of calibration requirements Local Operation
206. n Tests Current Source 5700A FLUKE 5700A CALIBRATOR WIDEBAND TV RMS MAX PC GPIB Controller pou mn VGUARD GROUND Synthesized Capacitance Standard 5520A FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR HP 3458A Front NORMAL AUX SCOPE A N SENSE AUX V HOA PMS MAX 4 v E MAX MAX LS L Q O x a MAX 20v GUARD 20A jas Wi Sura ee A 2v Pk max 20v Pk max AN yg062f eps Figure 3 18 High Value Capacitance Measurement Set up 3 49 5520A Service Manual 3 50 Initial 3458 Set up errmsg gpibPut a 3458 TARM HOLD DCV 10 APER 1 0e 3 MEM FIFO SWEEP 0 1 100 END ALWAYS 5700 setup If range stp 002 Then l1mF range with LCR Meter 3mF range with I charge 3458 has already been set up for measurement now set up system 5700 for DCI output set to OPERate errmsg gpibPut a 5700 CUR POST AUX OUT Str dci stp A 0 Hz srcSettled errmsg gpibPut a 5700 OPER srcSettled Call trig 3458 stp errmsg gpibPut a 5700 STBY End If Sub trig 3458 stp As Integer Dim x As Integer errmsg As String response As String no samples As Integer deltav As Single result 0 all of the voltage data is stuck into this array for optional regression analysis Dim CapChan As Integer CapChan FreeFile Open C DATA HICAP a
207. nal path is also split to drive the external trigger circuitry on the A50 board If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal passing through the A50 board is connected up to the attenuator assembly The signal is then passed to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The 20 ms to 2 ns markers are generated on the A50 board From 20 ms to 100 ns a 2096 duty cycle square wave is produced in addition to the spike and square wave markers From 50 ns to 20 ns only spike or square waves are produced At 10 ns the user can chose between the square wave or the leveled sine signal The marker signal is passed from the A50 board to the attenuator assembly and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The trigger signal is also generated on the A50 board If the trigger is turned on the signal is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel Wave Generator Mode All signals for the wavegen function are generated from the A6 board and are passed to the A50 board They are then sent to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs Wavegen signals are then sent to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The Wave Generator Square Wave is identical to the AC Square Wave Voltage SC300 Option Theory of Operation 6 p p Ala PX Time Mark II 2 ys 10 us Time Mark III Pulse Shaped 20us 1 us Leveled Sine Wave and T
208. nnections to appropriate measurement instruments 2 The 5520A then goes into Operate mode or asks you to place it into Operate mode You are then prompted to enter into the 5520A the value read on the measurement instrument Note At each measure and enter step you can redo a step by pressing the OPTIONS and BACK UP STEP softkey or skip over a step by pressing the SKIP STEP softkey 3 5 5520A Service Manual 3 6 3 5 DC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output The equipment listed in Table 3 2 is required for calibration of the dc volts function The equipment is also listed in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Table 3 2 Test Equipment Required for Calibrating DC Volts Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment 1 Fluke 5500A LEADS Test lead set 1 Hewlett Packard 3458A with 002 Option DMM 1 Fluke 752A Reference Divider 1 Keithley 155 Null Detector Proceed as follows to calibrate the dc voltage function 1 Bo 4 On the HP 3458A perform the ACAL autocal ALL and MATH NULL functions as described in the HP 3458A user documentation Verify that the UUT Unit Under Test is in Standby Start 5520A calibration as described under the previous heading Perform an internal DC Zeros Calibration as prompted Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 1 Measure and enter the values into the UUT for steps 1 through 6 in Table 3 3 as prompted You will need to disconnect and rec
209. nnen AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications sese eee eee eee eee AC Current Sine Wave SpecihcaiOnSR esse ee eee Capacitance Specifications nene Temperature Calibration Thermocouple Specifications Temperature Calibration RTD Specifications DC Power Specification Summary eee AC Power 45 Hz to 65 Hz Specification Summary PF 1 Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications usus Phase Specifications essere nennen Calculating Power Uncertainty eese Additional Specifications eene Frequency Specifications snenie Harmonics 2nd to 50th Specifications esse ee ee ee ee eee AC Voltage Sine Wave Extended Bandwidth Specifications AC Voltage Non Sine Wave Specifications sss AC Voltage DC Offset Specifications eese AC Voltage Square Wave Characteristics esee AC Voltage Triangle Wave Characteristics typical AC Current Sine Wave Extended Bandwidth Specifications AC Current Non Sine Wave Specifications AC Current Square Wave Characteristics typical AC Current Triangle Wave Characteristics typical 5520A Service Manual 1 2 Introduction and Specifications Introductio
210. nt AI AUX DC Volts V2 AUX AC Volts AVS Resistance R Capacitance C Entry points for CAL START FACTORY Modifier NORMAL Volts and AUX Volts Phase PHASE Volts and Current Phase IPHASE 3 27 5520A Service Manual 3 28 For example to jump directly to ac volts calibration send the command CAL_START MAIN AV To go directly to Resistance calibration send the command CAL_START MAIN R These calibration commands can be used with either the IEEE 488 or serial interface To use the serial interface and without having to write a calibration program do the following 1 Connect the appropriate COM port from a PC to the 5520A Serial 1 connector using a Fluke PM8914 cable 2 Call up the Terminal program from within Microsoft Windows Set the communications parameters to match that of the 5520A 3 Press At the prompt type the desired calibration command e g CAL_START MAIN The following is an alphabetical list of the IEEE 488 RS 232 remote calibration commands for the 5520A Calibrator for remote commands pertaining to normal operation of the 5520A please see the 5520A Operators Manual For sorting purposes this list ignores the character that precedes the common commands The remote commands duplicate activities that can be initiated from the front panel in local operation IEEE 488 GPIB and RS 232 Applicability Each command title listed in this section shares the same remote interface applicability
211. o Fluke for repair If you wish to purchase the SC300 contact your Fluke sales representative 6 65 5520A Service Manual 6 85 SC300 Specifications These specifications apply only to the SC300 General specifications that apply to the Calibrator Mainframe can be found in Chapter 1 The specifications are valid providing the Calibrator Mainframe is operated under the conditions specified in Chapter 1 and has completed a warm up period of at least twice the length of time the calibrator was powered off up to a maximum of 30 minutes All SC300 specifications apply to the end of the cable PN 945014 supplied with the Option 6 86 Voltage Function Specifications DC Signal AC Square Wave Signal Voltage Functi oltage Function into 50 Q into 1 MO into 50 0 into 1 MO Amplitude Characteristics Range 0Vto 22V 0Vtox33V 1 8mVto 1 8 mV to 2 2 V p p 105 V p p 1 2100 V 5 digits Adjustment Range Continuous 1 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 0 25 of output 100 2 Resolution 100 V 4 digits or 10 whichever is greater Sequence 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV Square Wave Frequency Characteristics Range 10 Hz to 10 kHz 3 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 25 ppm of setting 15 mHz Typical Aberration within 20 us from leading edge lt 2 of output 100 uV 1 The square wave signal into 1 MQ is a positive square wav
212. ock p Equipment Setup for 50600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements Equipment Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard MeasZ Function Calibration Setup 2 0 0 sese eee ee eee ee eee eee 6 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Setup sse ee eee essere Edge Rise Time Verification Sep sss esse eee eee eee edge Rise KU Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Setup eee eee ee eee eee xii I ked ke ked ked ke ked ked ked ked ke ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked ked UQ Q2 O2 Q2 Q2 T2 10 TO TO HA HA 10 HA HA Ca Ca n n n n boo Xo Lh UA HA C A parco 00 M VUA Chapter 1 Introduction and Specifications E Operation OVerview tette YTO de Ed FEL REP eheu cad Local Operation Remote Operation RS 232 iaiiaeeeai ii Remote Operation IEEE 488 sese Service Information prier How to Contact Fluke essent enne ER General Specifications eese DC Voltage Specifications seen DC Current 5 6 Resistance Specifications eeeeeeeeeeeeeeene
213. of a signal 1 kHz the HP 3458A has been known to have 05 to 1 peaking in the 100 mV range For these signals lock the HP 3458A to the 1 V range HP 3458A Front 5520A SC600 FELUIKE 5520A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX V RTD A N SENSE AUX V SC600 Cable A 50 Q Feedthrough Termination BNC F to Double Banana Adapter HP 3458A Rear ygo54f eps Figure 6 2 Equipment Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements 6 19 5520A Service Manual 6 32 Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements The setup to measure the topline and baseline of Edge and Wave Generator signals differs slightly from the Voltage Square Wave method described above The HP 3458A is triggered by a change in input level instead of an external trigger The trigger level is set to 1 of the DCV range with ac coupling of the trigger signal The delay after the trigger event is also changed for the Edge and Wave Generator functions See Table 6 17 and Figure 6 3 Table 6 17 Edge and Wave Generator HP3458A Settings HP 3458A Seitings Input Frequency a a HRE Ep NPLC DELAY topline DELAY baseline 1 kHz 01 0002 s 0007 s 10 kHz 001 00002 s 00007 s HP 3458A SC600 Cable 5520A SC600 FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR 50 Q Feedthrough Termination BNC F to Double Banana Adapter A 20v PK max
214. of the rear panel Remove the ribbon cable from the Main CPU PCA A9 There is not much room but the cable is reachable 5 Liftoutthe Main CPU PCA 4 8 5520A Service Manual 4 4 4 5 4 6 Removing Rear Panel Assemblies Proceed as follows to remove the transformer and the ac line input filter Figure 4 1 shows an exploded view of the rear panel assemblies 1 Remove the two rear handles by removing the six Allen screws from the handles 2 Remove the eight Phillips screws from the bottom cover 3 Remove the bottom cover 4 Remove the three Phillips screws that are accessible through holes in the bottom flange a Remove the power switch pushrod 6 Remove the rear panel There are three large cables plus one for fan power This assumes that you have already removed the Main CPU A9 If the Main CPU is still installed there will be one more cable Removing the Filter PCA A12 Proceed as follows to remove the Filter PCA A12 1 Remove the top cover and guard box cover as described under Removing Analog Modules 2 Remove all the analog modules Remove the five Phillips screws from the front side of the rear guard box wall 4 Lift out the Filter PCA Removing the Encoder A2 and Display PCAs Proceed as follows to remove the Encoder PCA A2 and display pcas Figure 4 2 shows an exploded view of the front panel assemblies 1 Remove top and bottom covers 2 With the bottom side up
215. onnect the DMM as prompted during these steps Verify that the UUT is in Standby Connect the DMM and Reference Divider to the UUT as shown in Figure 3 2 For voltages 30 Vdc and above see the next section Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Table 3 3 Calibration Steps for DC Volts Step 5520A Output NORMAL 1 1 000000 V 3 000000 V 1 000000 V 3 000000 V 0 0000 mV 300 0000 mV 30 00000 V 300 0000 V c o 0o O1 JOJN 1000 000 V FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR HP3458A Set the HP3458A to external guard yg102f eps Figure 3 1 Connections for Calibrating DC Volts up to 30 V 3 6 DC Volts Calibration 30 Vdc and Above Use the following procedure to calibrate the dc voltage function 30 Vdc and above 1 Prior to using the 752A perform the self calibration on the 752A using the null detector and a 20 V source See the documentation from the 752A for more details 2 Connect the 5520A unit under test 752A and HP3458A as in Figure 3 2 Make sure that the ground to guard strap on the 752A is not connected 3 The HP3458A should be used on the 10 Vdc range for all measurements The 752A mode switch should be set to 10 1 for the 30 V measurement and to 100 1 for all voltages above 30 V 4 Measure and enter the values into the UUT for steps 7 through 9 in Table 3 3 30 V and above as prompted 5 Verify that th
216. onnect the SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable and the 50 O termination connected to the BNC to Banana Plug adapter Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 50 Q The blue softkey under Output toggles the impedance between 50 and 1 MQ 1 Setthe HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 20 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Allow the HP 3458A reading to stabilize then record the HP 3458A reading for each voltage in Table 6 20 Multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column 6 29 5520A Service Manual 6 30 Table 6 19 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ Calibrator Mainframe output HP 3458A Reading V DC Tolerance V DC 0 0 00004 V 1 25 mV 4 063E 05 V 1 25 mV 4 063E 05 V 249 mV 4 125E 05 V 2 49 mV 4 125E 05 V 6 25 mV 4 313E 05 V 9 90 mV 4 495E 05 V 9 90 mV 4 495E 05 V 10 0 mV 0 000045 V 10 0 mV 0 000045 V 5 245E 05 V 0 0000525 V 25 0 mV 0 0000525 V 67 5 mV 7 375E 05 V 67 5 mV 7 375E 05 V 109 9 mV 9 495E 05 V 109 9 mV 9 495E 05 V 0 000095 V 0 00009
217. onnections for Calibrating Capacitance AUX Output Terminals NORMAL Output Terminals Percision 20 C3 Phase OOO LU iie EM 299 por Meter TOE yg014f eps Figure 3 15 Normal Volts and AUX Volts Phase Verification 3 26 Calibration and Verification Calibration Remote Commands 3 Precision Phase Meter CJ CJ OOO 88 GO C3 9 HOO CJCJCJ 00O boo 088 00 9 HOO oF o0 0 1 Ohm shunt placed as closely as possible to the AUX terminals of the 5520A If the Phase Meter LO terminals are not common use a short between NORMAL LO and AUX LO on the 5520A yg015f eps Figure 3 16 Volts and Current Phase Verification 3 15 Calibration Remote Commands Calibration of the 5520A using remote commands is simple To access the standard calibration steps simply send the command CAL_START MAIN To jump to specific calibration steps this command above can be modified by specifying an entry point The allowable entry points are as shown in Table 3 18 Table 3 18 Jumping to a Specific Calibration Step in Remote Eniry points for CAL_START MAIN Modifier AC Volts AV Thermocouple Measuring TEMPX DC Current ICAL AC Curre
218. or Mainframe to the oscilloscope Set the oscilloscope vertical to 1 mV div and horizontal to 1 ns div Set the oscilloscope to look at the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display Adjusting the Edge Aberrations Refer to Figure 6 30 while making the following adjustments Set the oscilloscope to display the 90 point of the edge signal Note this voltage or set to center of the display as it will be used as the reference for the following adjustments Set the oscilloscope to display the leading edge and the first 10 ns of the edge signal Adjust A90R13 to set the edge signal at the 10 ns point to the reference level Adjust A90R12 to flatten out the edge signal Readjust A90R13 if necessary to keep the edge signal at the reference level Adjust A90R35 so the first overshoot is the same amplitude as the second aberration Readjust A90R36 to center the first two aberrations about reference level 6 109 5520A Service Manual 6 Readjust A90R13 if necessary to keep the edge signal at 10 ns to be at the reference level 7 Readjust A90R36 A90R35 or A90R12 to obtain equal amplitudes of the aberrations displayed during the first 10 ns to be equally above and below the reference level Check the aberrations compare with specifications It may be necessary to slow the rise time A90R35 to reduce the amplitude of the aberrations 8 Setthe UUT output to 2 5 V and the oscilloscop
219. or DC Voltage AUX Output esee Shunt Values for DC Current Calibration and Verification 0 0 0 esse eee eee eee Verification Tests for DC Current AUX Output esses Verification Tests for Resistance sees eee eee Verification Tests for AC Voltage NORMAL Output sss sese sese eee Verification Tests for AC Voltage AUX Output esee Shunt Values for AC Current Verification eese Verification Tests for AC Current sese Verification Tests for Capacitance sese eee eee eee Test Equipment Required for High value Capacitance Measurement Verification Tests for Thermocouple Simulation eese Verification Tests for Thermocouple Measurement esee Verification Tests for Phase Accuracy V and V sss Verification Tests for Phase Accuracy V and L Verification Tests for Frequency enne rennen 3 55 Error Message vii 5520A Service Manual K Chassis Assembly peciit Aneta Assembly ri eco 5 7 2 3 Rear Panel Assembly tite aE EEEE REEE 6 1 Volt Specifications eir tont dieere ere EEEE ARE EAEEREN EE E 6 2 Edge Specifications ausainie onnen i te etn eov 6 3 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications eren 6 4 Time Marker Specifications seen nennen nennen 6 5 Wave Generator Spec
220. or at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to determine the average or mean value See Setup Square Wave Measurements earlier in this section for more details 3 Measure the baseline of each output after the corresponding topline measurement The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the result to the tolerance 1 year spec column 4 When making measurements at the other frequencies set up the HP 3458A NPLC and topline and baseline DELAY per Table 6 42 SC300 Option Verification 6 Table 6 45 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ Nominal Value p p Measured Value p p Deviation mV 1 Year Spec mV 5 0 mV 10 Hz 0 11 5 0 mV 100 Hz 0 11 5 0 mV 1 kHz 0 11 5 0 mV 5 kHz 0 11 5 0 mV 10 kHz 0 11 10 0 mV 10 kHz 0 12 20 0 mV 100 Hz 0 15 20 0 mV 1 kHz 0 15 20 0 mV 10 kHz 0 15 50 0 mV 10 kHz 0 23 89 0 mV 10 Hz 0 32 89 0 mV 10 kHz 0 32 100 0 mV 10 kHz 0 35 200 0 mV 100 Hz 0 60 200 0 mV 1 kHz 0 60 200 0 mV 10 kHz 0 60 500 0 mV 10 kHz 1 35 890 0 mV 10 Hz 2 32 890 0 mV 10 kHz 2 32 1 0V 100 Hz 2 60 1 0V 1 kHz 2 60 1 0V 10 kHz 2 60 2 0V 10 kH
221. or each period listed for the Calibrator Mainframe Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 38 Table 6 38 Pulse Period Verification Calibrator Mainframe Output PM 6680 Reading Width Period Period Tolerance 80 ns 200 ns 5E 13 s 500 ns 500 ns 20 ms 5 0E 08 s 10 ms 2 5E 08 s 6 71 MeasZ Resistance Verification The MeasZ resistance function is verified by measuring resistors of known values The measurement value is then compared to the resistor actual value The resistors must make a solid connection to a BNC f to enable a connection to the end of the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 The resistance values must be known at this BNC f connector Fluke uses an HP 3458A DMM to make a 4 wire ohms measurement at the BNC f connector to determine the actual resistance values This procedure uses the following equipment e Resistors of known values 1 5 MQ 1 MQ 60 Q 50 40 Q nominal 9 adapters to connect resistors to BNC f connector e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 17 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the MeasZ menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the MeasZ resistance function 1 Set the Calibrator Mainframe MeasZ resistance range as indicated in Table 6 39 The blue softkey under MEASURE toggles the MeasZ ranges SC600 Option 6 Verification 2 Using the BNC cable connect the S
222. ory however adjustment may be required after repair Hardware adjustments must be performed prior to calibration Calibration must be performed after any hardware adjustments See Hardware Adjustments in this chapter The AC Voltage function is dependent on the DC Voltage function Calibration of the AC Voltage function is required after the DC Voltage is calibrated The Calibrator Mainframe must complete a warm up period and the SC600 must be enabled for at least 5 minutes prior to calibration to allow internal components to 5520A Service Manual thermally stabilize The Calibrator Mainframe warm up period is at least twice the length of time the calibrator was powered off up to a maximum of 30 minutes The SC600 is enabled by pressing the front panel SCOPE key The green indicator on the SCOPE key will be illuminated when the SC600 is enabled Much of the SC600 can be calibrated interactively from the front panel Enable the SC600 and wait at least 5 minutes Enter Scope Cal mode by pressing the front panel SETUP key CAL blue softkey second CAL blue softkey and SCOPE CAL blue softkey Entering Scope Cal mode prior to having the SC600 enabled for at least 5 minutes will cause a warning message to be displayed All equipment specified for SC600 calibration must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be maintained and operating within their normal specified operating environment It is also important to
223. ow these steps to calibrate ac voltage 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Allow the HP 3458A DC voltage reading to stabilize Enter the reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER 6 21 5520A Service Manual 6 22 6 35 6 36 Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading insuring proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 3 Repeat step 2 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate WAVEGEN Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants Wave Generator Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Within the calibration menu press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads W AVEGEN Cal Then follow these steps to calibrate the Wave Generator 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 34584 input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baselin
224. owing equipment e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana Plug adapter e 50Q feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 17 for the proper setup connections 6 39 5520A Service Manual Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave amplitude 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 509 feedthrough termination then to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 29 4 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then record the 5790A s rms reading for each voltage listed in Table 6 29 5 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor of 2 8284 to convert it to the peak to peak value 6 Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column Table 6 29 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification Calibrator Mainframe 5790A Reading 5790A Reading x V p p value x Tolerance output V rms 2 828
225. pment 50 Q feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe Refer to Figure 6 14 for setup connections 5520A SC600 FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR 90600 Cable L NORMAL AUX SCOPE VQ RTD A N SENSE AUX V 50 Q Feedthrough Termination yg061f eps Figure 6 14 Overload Function Verification Setup 6 56 96600 Option 6 90600 Hardware Adjustments Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Overload menu on the display Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector Then follow these steps to verify the overload function 1 Connect the 50 Q feedthrough termination to the end of the BNC cable 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe output for 5 000 V DC OUT VAL blue softkey and time limit 60 s T LIMIT blue softkey 3 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output and verify that the OPR display timer increments 4 Remove the 50 Q feedthrough termination before 60 seconds and verify that Calibrator Mainframe goes to STBY Reconnect the 50 Q feedthrough termination to the end of the BNC cable Program the Calibrator Mainframe output for 5 000 V ac OUT VAL blue softkey Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output and verify that the OPR display timer increments 8 Remove the 50 Q feedthrough termination before 60 seconds and verify that Calibrator Mainframe goes
226. ps 80 70 60 50 40 Duty Cycle 30 20 10 0 Figure 1 4 Allowable Duration of Current gt 11A nn326f eps Introduction and Specifications 1 Specifications 1 12 Hesistance Specifications Range Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C ppm of output floor 2 Resolution Allowable Floor 1 ppm of output Time amp temp since ohms zero Current 3 l cal 90 days 1 year 12hrs 1 C 7days 5 C 0 to 35 40 0 001 0 01 0 0001 1 mA to 125 mA 10 9999 0 11 Qto 25 30 0 0015 0 015 0 0001 1 mA to 125 mA 32 9999 Q 33 Q to 22 28 0 0014 0 015 0 0001 1 mAto 70 mA 109 9999 110 0 to 22 28 0 002 0 02 0 0001 1 mAto 40 mA 329 9999 330 Q to 22 28 0 002 0 02 0 001 1 mA to 18 mA 1 099999 NES 1 1 kQ to 22 28 0 02 0 2 0 001 100 uA to 5 mA 3 299999 3 3 to 22 28 0 02 0 1 0 01 100 uA to 1 8 mA 10 99999 11 to 22 28 0 2 1 0 01 10 uA to 0 5 mA 32 99999 33 to 22 28 0 2 1 0 1 10 uA to 0 18 mA 109 9999 110 to 25 32 2 10 0 1 1 pA to 0 05 mA 329 9999 330 kQ to 25 32 2 10 1 1 WA to 0 018 mA 1 099999 MQ 1 1 MQ to 40 60 30 150 1 250 nA to 5 pA 3 299999 MQ 3 3 MQ to 110 130 50 250 10 250 nA to 1 8 uA 10 99999 11 MQ to 200 250 2500 2500 10 25 nA to 500 nA 32 99999 33 to 400 500 3000 3000 100 25 nA to 180 nA 109 9999 110 MQ to 2500 3000
227. pulse signal spans between half and the full display If no pulse is output increase the pulse width using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until a pulse is output 6 If prompted to adjust the pulse width by the Calibrator Mainframe display adjust the pulse width to as close to 4 ns as possible using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob then press the GO ON blue softkey 7 Allow the DSO width reading to stabilize Enter the reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER Note The Calibrator Mainframe issues a warning when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading with the proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs enter a value between the displayed pulse width and the previously entered value Keep attempting this moving closer and closer to the displayed pulse width until the value is accepted Complete the pulse width calibration procedure The pulse width calibration procedure must now be repeated until all entered values are accepted the first time without warning 8 Repeat steps 5 to 7 until the Calibrator Mainframe display prompts to connect a resistor Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants MeasZ Calibration The MeasZ function is calibrated using resistors and a capacitor of known values The actual resistance and capacitance values are en
228. r each band Flatness calibration of the low frequency band is made relative to 50 kHz Flatness calibration of the high frequency band is made relative to 10 MHz Leveled Sine Wave flatness is calibrated at multiple amplitudes Both low and high frequency bands are calibrated at each amplitude Calibration begins with the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the first amplitude followed by the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the second amplitude and so on until the flatness calibration is complete Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure leveled sine flatness Low Frequency Calibration Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the 5790A WIDEBAND input as described under Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness Follow these steps to calibrate low frequency Leveled Sine Wave flatness for the amplitude being calibrated 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Establish the 50 kHz reference e Allow the 5790A rms reading to stabilize Press the 5790A Set Ref blue softkey Clear any previous reference by pressing the 5790A Clear Ref blue softkey prior to setting the new reference if required Press the GO ON blue softkey 4 Adjust the amplitude using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until the 5790A reference deviation matches the 50 kHz reference within 1000 ppm 5 Repeat steps 1 to 4 until the Calibrator Mainfram
229. rere itte scores pee trig rene tere a Voltage Mode eee bo Bd M Leveled Sine Wave Mode sese lime Market Mode ior eter Wave Generator Mode essere Input Impedance Mode Resistance eee Input Impedance Mode Capacitance eese Overload Mode rente et de etre redet Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification SCO00 Calibration Setup ceteri territoria entrate Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions Overview of HP3458A Operation esee Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements DC Voltage Calibration ases ei Hx AC Voltage Calibration er teret pere tee einen 6 21 Wave Generator eee eee 6 22 6 3 5520A Service Manual 6 4 6 73 6 74 6 77 6 78 6 79 6 80 6 81 6 82 Edge Amplitude Calibration Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration eese Low Frequency Calibration High Frequency Calibration Pulse Width Calibration MeasZ Calibration
230. rity error 110 DDE FR D Inguard overrun error 111 DDE FR D Inguard framing error 112 DDE FR D Inguard fault error 113 DDE FR D Inguard fault input error 114 DDE FR D Inguard fault detect error 115 DDE FR D Inguard read write error 300 DDE Invalid procedure number 301 DDE No such step in procedure 302 DDE Cant change that while busy 303 DDE Can t begin resume cal there 4 8 Maintenance 4 Complete List of Error Messages 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 398 399 400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR DDE DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE R DDE R QYEF QYEF DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR D DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE Wrong unit for reference Entered value out of bounds Not waiting for a reference Continue command ignored Cal constant outside limits Cal try to null failed Sequence failed during cal A D measurement failed Invalid cal step par
231. rmonics 2nd to 50th Specifications Fundamental Voltages Amplitude Frequency 1 Currents AUX Terminals Uncertainty Terminals 10 Hz to 45 Hz 33 mV to 32 9999 V 3 3 mA to 2 99999A 10mVto5V Same of output as 45 Hz to 65 Hz 33 mV to 1000 V 3 3 mA to 20 5 A 10 mV to5V the equivalent 65 Hz to 500 Hz 33 mV to 1000 V 33 mA to 20 5 A 100 mV to 5 V single output but twice the 500 Hz to 5 kHz 330 mV to 1000 V 33 mA to 20 5 A 100 mV to5 V floor adder 5 kHz to 10 kHz 3 3 V to 1000 V 33 mA to 100 mV to 5 V 329 9999 mA 10 kHz to 30 kHz 3 3 V to 1000 V 33 mA to 100 mV to 329 9999 mA 3 29999 V 1 The maximum frequency of the harmonic output is 30 kHz 10 kHz for 3 V to 5 V For example if the fundamental output is 5 kHz the maximum selection is the 6th harmonic 30 kHz All harmonic frequencies 2nd to 50th are available for fundamental outputs between 10 Hz and 600 Hz 200 Hz for 3 V to 5 V Note Phase uncertainty for harmonic outputs is 1 or the phase uncertainty shown in Phase Specifications for the particular output whichever is greater For example the phase uncertainty of a 400 Hz fundamental output and 10 kHz harmonic output is 10 from Phase Specifications Another example the phase uncertainty of a 60 Hz fundamental output and a 400 Hz harmonic output is 15 1 24 Example of determining Amplitude Uncertainty in a Dual Output Harmonic Mode What are the amplitude uncertainties for
232. rovided in front of the fan for the raw and regulated supplies The outguard supplies are used only by the CPU assembly A9 and Encoder A2 assemblies Inguard Supplies The inguard supplies are located on the Voltage assembly A8 The mains transformer connections inguard SCOM referenced are connected to the Motherboard A3 Current protection devices for each of the supplies are located on the Motherboard It is unlikely these devices will blow unless there is another fault since the regulators will limit current below the device ratings Filter capacitors for the high current supply for the Current assembly A7 are located on the Filter assembly A12 The inguard SCOM referenced supplies are 15 V 15 V 5 V 5 V and 5RLH The 5 V and 5RLH supplies share the same raw supply The 5RLH supply is used exclusively as a relay driver and is nominally about 6 3 V Test points for these supplies are located in a row across the top of the Voltage assembly The 65 V supplies are rectified and filtered on the Motherboard but regulated on the Voltage assembly A8 RR e t e k e GO d L LA a 3 33 3 34 Chapter 3 Calibration and Verification ES H LEER Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification Starting Calibration oe egetras eee eerte rire sl ed ece DC Volts Calibration DC Volts Calibration 30 Vdc an
233. s e FRONT PANEL Allows you to test the front panel knob keys bell and displays e SERIAL IF TEST Does a loopback test between the two serial ports For this test you attach a straight through serial cable between the two serial ports At least pins 2 3 and 5 need to be connected e DIGITAL TEST Checks the RAM and bus on the Main CPU A9 Running Diagnostics Press followed by UTILITY FUNCTNS SELF TEST and DIAG The menu presents the following choices OPTIONS and GO ON Press GO ON to start diagnostics The 5520A prompts you to remove all cables from the front panel outputs Install a low ohm copper short circuit across the 20 A and Aux Lo terminals After you press the GO NO softkey an automatic sequence of tests begins Diagnostics runs a set of steps similar to zero calibration and reports similar errors Testing the Front Panel Press followed by UTILITY FUNCTNS SELF TEST and FRONT PANEL The menu presents the following choices KNOB TEST KEY TEST BELL TEST and DISPLAY These tests are described next e KNOB TEST Tests the knob encoder by showing a cursor that moves when you turn the knob e KEY TEST Lets you check the proper functioning of each key When you press a key the name of the key shows on the display Press PREV MENU to exit this test e BELL TEST Lets you ring the bell beeper for various timed periods e DISPLAY Checks all the segments of the two displays 4 7 5520A Service M
234. s 10 0us A 50 Q Off 252 000 ps 5 00us A 50 Q Off 125 400 ps 2 00 uS A 50 Q Off 50 060 ps 100 5 A 50 Q Off 25 000 ps 500ns A 50 Q Off 13 000 ps 200ns A 50 Q Off 5 000 ps 100ns A 50 Q Off 2 500 ps 50 0ns A 50 Q Off 1 250 ps 20 0ns A 50 Q Off 0 5000 ps 10 0 ns A 50 Q Off 0 2500 ps 5 00ns A 50 Q Off 0 1250 ps 200ns C 500 Off 0 0500 ps 6 133 Wave Generator Verification This procedure uses the following equipment 5790A AC Measurement Standard BNC f to Double Banana adapter 50 feedthrough termination BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe For wave generation verification procedures refer to Figure 6 28 for the proper setup connections SC300 Option 6 Verification 5520A SC300 FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR BNC F to Double Banana Feed Through Adapter Termination yg126f eps Figure 6 28 Wave Generator Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Wavegen menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Set the offset to 0 mV and the frequency to 1 kHz Then follow these steps to verify the wave generator function 6 134 Verification at 1 MQ 1 Set the Calibrator Mainframe impedance to 1 MQ The blue softkey under SCOPE Z toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 2 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable
235. s 2nd to 50th Specifications 0 ee ee ee eee 1 26 AC Voltage Sinewave Extended Bandwidth Specifications 1 27 AC Voltage Non Sinewave Specifications sss sees eee eee eee 1 28 AC Voltage DC Offset Specifications esee 1 29 AC Voltage Squarewave Characteristics eee 1 30 AC Voltage Trianglewave Characteristics typical 1 31 AC Current Sinewave Extended Bandwidth Specifications 1 32 AC Current Non Sinewave Specifications sse eee eee eee eee 1 33 AC Current Squarewave Characteristics typical 1 34 AC Current Trianglewave Characteristics typical i 5520A Service Manual 2 Theory of Operation ornetur rra 2 1 Tope E 2 2 Encoder Assembly A2 sessi 2 3 Synthesized Impedance Assembly LAST sss seene 2 4 DDS Assembly 6 2 5 Current Assembly A7 esses eeeee nennen ia 2 6 Voltage Assembly LARI 2 7 Main CPU Assembly A91 sese eenn 2 8 Power Supplies ated aa Pea 2 9 Outguard Supple cise eee dicente e ai 2 10 Insuard Supplies e atem trant ie tL ine ei 3 Calibration and Verification eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennene 3 IntrOQUCLOfi
236. s Can t set ref phase now ZERO MEAS reading not valid Cant set dampen now Cant turn EXGRD on now Outguard watchdog timeout Power up RAM test failed Power up GPIB test failed Saving to NV memory failed NV memory invalid NV invalid so default loaded NV obsolete so default loaded Serial parity error 96s Serial framing error 96s Serial overrun error 46s Maintenance 4 Complete List of Error Messages 803 900 1000 1200 1201 1202 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR CME CME CME CME CME CME EXE QYE QYE QYE QYE DDE DDE DDE EXE CME EXE CME EXE EXE CME CME CME CME CME CME CME CME CME CME DDE R CME FR DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DRARDRAAAAAAAA RA DAA AAAARAACRADAAARD Serial characters dropped s Report timeout aborted Sequence failed during diag Sequence name too long Sequence RAM table full Sequence name table full Bad syntax Unknown command Bad parameter count Bad keyword Bad parameter typ
237. s If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the actual resistance insuring proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 4 When prompted by the Calibrator Mainframe disconnect the 50 resistance and connect the resistance to the end of the BNC cable Press the GO ON blue softkey Enter the actual 1MQ resistance When prompted for the first reference capacitor by the Calibrator Mainframe disconnect the 1MQ resistance and leave nothing attached to the end of the BNC cable 8 Press the GO ON blue softkey 9 Enter 0 10 When prompted for the second reference capacitor by the Calibrator Mainframe connect the 50 pF capacitance to the end of the BNC cable 11 Press the GO ON blue softkey 12 Enter the actual 50 pF capacitance 6 27 5520A Service Manual 13 The Calibrator Mainframe will prompt that the calibration is complete Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants 6 43 Verification AC Voltage amplitude All of the Oscilloscope Calibration functions should be verified at least once per year or each time the SC600 is calibrated The verification procedures in this section provide traceable results however the factory uses different procedures and instruments of higher precision than those described here The procedures in this manual have been developed to provide users the ability to verify
238. se the following procedures to remove the following assemblies e Analog modules e Main CPU A9 e Rear Panel Module transformer and ac line input components e Filter PCA A12 e Encoder A2 and display assemblies e Keyboard PCA and thermocouple I O pca Removing Analog Modules Proceed as follows to remove the Voltage A8 Current A7 DDS A6 or Synthesized Impedance A5 modules 1 Remove the eight Phillips screws from the top cover 2 Remove the top cover 3 Remove the eight Phillips screws from the guard box cover The locations of the analog modules are printed on the guard box cover Lift off the guard box cover using the finger pull on the rear edge of the cover On the desired analog module release the board edge locking ears Lift the board out of its socket in the Motherboard Lay the board shield side down o To remove the shield remove Phillips screw at the center of the shield then pull the sides of the shield away from the board 8 To reinstall the shield first align one set of tabs then press the other side into place Removing the Main CPU 9 You can remove the Main CPU A9 without removing the rear panel or Filter PCA A12 Proceed as follows to remove the Main CPU PCA 1 Remove the 3 16 jack screws from the SERIAL 1 SERIAL 2 and BOOST AMPLIFIER connectors 2 Remove the 1 4 jack screws from the IEEE 488 connector Remove the three Phillips screws from the right side
239. shunts and shunt amplifier These are the accuracy setting elements e AUX voltage function Operating power for the Current assembly is filtered by the Filter assembly A12 Its common is separated from SCOM by a shunt resistor Figure 2 4 is a block diagram of the current function Note that the DDS assembly works together with the Current assembly to generate current outputs DDS Assembly A6 Current Assembly A7 Current IDAC Error Amp AUX HI AUX LO AC ac Converter SCOM V ICOM yg119f eps Figure 2 4 Current Function AUX Out Ranges Theory of Operation Voltage Assembly A8 2 6 Voltage Assembly A8 The Voltage assembly A8 generates dc and ac voltage outputs in the range 3 3 V and above It also provides all the inguard supplies referenced to SCOM as described under the heading Power Supplies Figure 2 5 is a block diagram of the voltage function and shows the signal paths for dc and ac voltage outputs The DAC shown in the figure is VDAC which resides on the DDS assembly Note that the voltage amplifier for outputs 23 3 V resides on the Voltage assembly but the amplifier for voltage outputs 3 3 V is on the DDS assembly Voltage Amp 8 3V on A8 3 3V on A6 5 dc D B ac Error Amp NORMAL HI NORMAL l qe lt SCOM ac Sense AC Amp Converter Figure 2 5 Voltage Function Ref SCOM yg120f eps 2 7 5520A Service
240. sistors 1 Fluke PM 9540 BAN Cable Set Capacitance 1 Fluke PM 6304C LCR Meter Capacitance 1 Fluke 5700A Calibrator Precision current source for ac dc current transfers and to use in conjunction with an HP3458A DMM for thermocouple measurement function 1 ASTM 56 C Mercury thermometer Thermocouple measurement 1 various various Dewar flask and cap mineral Thermocouple measurement oil lag bath 1 North Atlantic 2000 Precision Phase Meter 1 Phase Or Clarke Hess 6000 1 Fluke PN 690567 Fluke resistor network used as Phase a shunt 0 01 Q 0 09 Q 0 9 Q values needed 1 Fluke 6680B Frequency Counter Frequency 1 If desired the test uncertainty ratio TUR may be improved by characterizing the phase meter with a primary phase standard like the Clarke Hess 5500 prior to usage Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 3 3 Calibration The standard 5520A has no internal hardware adjustments Oscilloscope Options have hardware adjustments see Chapter 6 The Control Display prompts you through the entire calibration procedure Calibration occurs in the following major steps 1 The 5520A sources specific output values and you measure the outputs using traceable measuring instruments of higher accuracy The 5520A automatically programs the outputs and prompts you to make external connections to appropriate measurement instruments 2 Ateach measure and enter step you can press the OPTIONS and BACK UP STEP softkeys to redo
241. sted in Table 3 8 is required for calibration of the dc current function The equipment is also listed in the consolidated table Table 3 1 You must use the calibrated dc current function of the 5520A later to prepare for ac calibration Because of this you must save the dc current constants after dc current calibration and exit calibration then resume calibration The following procedure for dc current calibration explains how to save exit and resume calibration 3 11 5520A Service Manual Table 3 8 Test Equipment Required for Calibrating DC Current Quan Manufacturer Model Equipment 1 Fluke 5500A LEADS Test lead set 1 Hewlett Packard 3458A with 002 option DMM 1 Fluke 742A 1k Resistance Standard 1 1 Fluke 742A 100 Resistance Standard 100 Q 1 Fluke 742A 10 Resistance Standard 10 Q 1 Fluke 742A 1 Resistance Standard 1 Q Guildline 9230 0 01 shunt Proceed as follows to calibrate the dc current function 1 Perform the ACAL ALL and MATH NULL operations on the HP 3458A before you begin Verify that the UUT is in standby Set the DMM to measure dc voltage Connect the DMM and 742A 1k Resistance Standard to the UUT as shown in Figure 3 6 On the first dc current calibration point in Table 3 9 wait for the output to settle record the DMM voltage reading and compute the UUT current output using the certified resistance value of the 742A Enter
242. t e Adapters and capacitors to achieve 5 pF 29 pF 49 pF nominal values at the end of BNC f connector e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 17 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the MeasZ menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the MeasZ capacitance function 1 Set the Calibrator Mainframe MeasZ capacitance range to cap The blue softkey under MEASURE toggles the MeasZ ranges 2 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector but do not connect any thing to the end of this cable 3 Allow the Calibrator Mainframe reading to stabilize then press the SET OFFSET blue softkey to zero the capacitance reading 4 Connect the end of the BNC cable to the BNC f connector attached to the nominal capacitor values indicated in Table 6 40 6 55 5520A Service Manual 5 Allow the Calibrator Mainframe reading to stabilize then record the Calibrator Mainframe capacitance reading for each nominal value listed in Table 6 40 Compare the Calibrator Mainframe capacitance readings to the actual capacitance values and the tolerance column of Table 6 40 Table 6 40 MeasZ Capacitance Verification Calibrator Nominal ame Actual Capacitance c Capacitance Capacitance Value Value Tolerance Reading 5 pF 0 75 pF 29 pF 1 95 pF 49 pF 2 95 pF 6 73 Overload Function Verification This procedure uses the following equi
243. t Upper Limit 32 999 mV 3 000 mV 45 Hz 2 994 mV 3 006 mV 32 999 mV 3 000 mV 10 kHz 2 994 mV 3 006 mV 32 999 mV 30 000 mV 9 5 Hz 28 335 mV 31 665 mV 32 999 mV 30 000 mV 10 Hz 29 976 mV 30 024 mV 32 999 mV 30 000 mV 45 Hz 29 990 mV 30 010 mV 32 999 mV 30 000 mV 1 kHz 29 990 mV 30 010 mV 32 999 mV 30 000 mV 10 kHz 29 990 mV 30 010 mV 32 999 mV 30 000 mV 20 kHz 29 989 mV 30 011 mV 32 999 mV 30 000 mV 50 kHz 29 970 mV 30 030 mV 32 999 mV 30 000 mV 100 kHz 29 898 mV 30 102 mV 32 999 mV 30 000 mV 450 kHz 29 770 mV 30 230 mV 329 999 mV 33 000 mV 45 Hz 32 987 mV 33 013 mV 329 999 mV 33 000 mV 10 kHz 32 987 mV 33 013 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 9 5 Hz 283 350 mV 316 650 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 10 Hz 299 917 mV 300 083 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 45 Hz 299 950 mV 300 050 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 1 kHz 299 950 mV 300 050 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 10 kHz 299 950 mV 300 050 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 20 kHz 299 947 mV 300 053 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 50 kHz 299 902 mV 300 098 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 100 kHz 299 788 mV 300 212 mV 329 999 mV 300 000 mV 500 kHz 299 450 mV 300 550 mV 3 29999 V 0 33000 V 45 Hz 0 32989 V 0 33011 V 3 29999 V 0 33000 V 10 kHz 0 32989 V 0 33011 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 9 5 Hz 2 83350 V 3 16650 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 10 Hz 2 99920 V 3 00080 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 45 Hz 2 99952 V 3 00048 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 1 kHz 2 99952 V 3 00048 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 10 kHz 2 99952 V 3 00048 V 3 29999 V 3 00000 V 20 kHz 2 99946 V 3 00054 V Cali
244. tage 1 8 frequency 1 23 general 1 7 harmonics 2nd 50th 1 24 power and dual output limit 1 20 power uncertainty 1 22 resistance temperature calibration RTD 1 18 temperature calibration thermocouple 1 17 Specifications SC600 6 6 Square Wave Voltage Function Trigger Specifications 6 11 Synthesized Impedance assembly A5 Theory 2 4 T temperature calibration RTD specifications 1 18 calibration thermocouple specifications 1 17 Thermocouple Measurement Verification 3 53 Thermocouple Simulation Sourcing Verification 3 53 Time Marker function Theory of Operation 6 13 6 72 Verification 6 48 6 103 Time Marker Function Specifications 6 69 Trigger Specifications 6 10 Trigger Specifications 6 70 TV Trigger Specifications 6 11 V W eee SC300 AC Voltage frequenc 16 89 DC Voltage 6 78 6 83 Edge Duty Cycle 6 92 Edge Frequency 6 91 Edge rise time Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Time Marker 6 103 Wave Generator 6 104 sc600 6 28 AC Voltage frequency 6 34 DC Voltage 6 2 1 16 16 35 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 16 55 Overload function 6 56 Pulse period Pulse width Time Marker 6 48 Wave Generator Volt Function 5520A Service Manual Specifications 6 6 W
245. ted to convert it to the peak to peak value Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column SC600 Option 6 Verification Table 6 35 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MQ Wave Type output V rms Factor V p p V p p 10 kHz square 1 8 mV 2 0000 0 000154 V Square 11 9 mV 2 0000 0 000457 V square 21 9 mV 2 0000 0 00075 V square 22 0 mV 2 0000 0 00076 V square 56 0 mV 2 0000 0 00178 V square 89 9 mV 2 0000 0 002797 V square 90 mV 2 0000 0 0028 V square 155 mV 2 0000 0 00475 V square 219 mV 2 0000 0 00667 V square 220 mV 2 0000 0 0067 V square 560 mV 2 0000 0 0169 V square 899 mV 2 0000 0 02707 V square 0 90 V 2 0000 0 0271 V square 3 75 V 2 0000 0 1126 V square 6 59 V 2 0000 0 1978 V square 6 6 V 2 0000 o1981V square 30 8 V 2 0000 0 9241 V square 55 0 V 2 0000 1 6501 V sine 1 8 mV 2 8284 0 000154 V sine 21 9 mV 2 8284 0 000757 V sine 89 9 mV 2 8284 0 002797 V sine 219 mV 2 8284 0 00667 V sine 899 mV 2 8284 0 02707 V sine 6 59 V 2 8284 0 1978 V sine 55 V 2 8284 1 6501 V triangle 1 8 mV 3 4641 0 000154 V triangle 21 9 mV 3 4641 0 000757 V triangle 89 9 mV 3 4641 0 002797 V triangle 219 mV 3 4641 0 00667 V triangle 899 mV 3 4641 0 02707 V tri
246. tered while they are being measure by the Calibrator Mainframe The resistors and capacitor must make a solid connection to a BNC f to enable a connection to the end of the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 The resistance and capacitance values must be known at this BNC f connector Fluke uses an HP 3458A DMM to make a 4 wire ohms measurement at the BNC f connector to determine the actual resistance values and an HP 4192A Impedance Analyzer at 10 MHz to determine the actual capacitance value This procedure uses the following equipment e Resistors of known values 1MQ and 50 Q nominal 9 adapters to connect resistors to BNC f connector e adapters and capacitor to achieve 50 pF nominal value at the end of BNC f connector e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 5 for setup connections 96600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 5520A SC600 FLUKE 25204 CALIBRATOR yg056f eps Figure 6 5 MeasZ Function Calibration Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode at the prompt to connect a 50 resistor Then follow these steps to calibrate MeasZ 1 Connect the BNC cable to the SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the BNC f connector attached to the 50 Q resistance 2 Pressthe GO ON blue softkey Enter the actual 50 resistance Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bound
247. the SC600 at their own site if they are required to do so Fluke strongly recommends that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration and verification All equipment specified for SC600 verification must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be maintained and operating within their normal specified operating environment It is also important to ensure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up prior to its use Refer to each equipment s operating manual for details Before you begin verification you may wish to review all of the procedures in advance to ensure you have the resources to complete them All of the SC600 functions are listed in Table 6 18 with the verification technique indicated Table 6 18 Verification Methods for SC600 Functions Function Verification Method DC Voltage Procedure provided in this manual Procedure provided in this manual AC Voltage frequency Procedure provided in this manual Edge frequency duty cycle rise time Tunnel Diode Pulser amplitude Leveled sine wave amplitude frequency harmonics and flatness Edge amplitude Procedure provided in this manual Procedure provided in this manual Procedure provided in this manual See Voltage and Edge Calibration and Verification for details Procedures provided in this manual Time marker period Procedure provided in this manual Wave generator Procedure provide
248. the computed value into the UUT Proceed to the next calibration point verify that the UUT is in standby and disconnect the 742A Repeat steps 3 through 6 above using the resistance standard or current shunt specified for each calibration point in Table 3 9 Exit calibration and save the calibration constants modified so far by using the front panel menus or the CAL_STORE remote command Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Table 3 9 Calibration Steps for DC Current Step 5520A Output AUX HI LO Shunt to Use 1 300 000 uA Fluke 742A 1k 1 kO Resistance Standard 2 3 00000 mA Fluke 742A 100 100 Resistance Standard 3 30 000 mA Fluke 742A 10 100 Resistance Standard 4 300 000 mA Fluke 742A 1 1 O Resistance Standard 5 2 00000 A Guildline 9230 0 01 shunt 20A LO 6 10 0000 A Guildline 9230 0 01 shunt Current shunt HP3458A terminals are used for Set the HP3458A steps 1 5 20A terminal to external guard is used for step 6 yg106f eps Figure 3 6 Connections for Calibrating DC Current 3 13 5520A Service Manual 3 10 AC Current Calibration Note DC Current must be calibrated before proceeding with ac current calibration The ac current calibration uses a number of current shunts that require dc characterization before they can used DC charact
249. the following dual outputs NORMAL Fundamental Output 100V 100 Hz From AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications the single output specification for 100V 100 Hz is 0 015 2 mV For the dual output in this example the specification is 0 015 4 mV as the 0 015 is the same and the floor is twice the value 2 x 2 mV AUX 50th Harmonic Output 100 mV 5 kHz From AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications the auxiliary output specification for 100 mV 5 kHz is 0 15 450 mV For the dual output in this example the specification is 0 15 900 mV as the 0 15 is the same and the floor is twice the value 2 x 450 mV Introduction and Specifications Additional Specifications 1 1 26 AC Voltage Sine Wave Extended Bandwidth Specifications Range 1 0 mV to 33 mV 0 4 V to 33 V 0 3 V to 3 3V 34 mV to 330 mV Frequency 1 Year Absolute Max Voltage Uncertainty Resolution tcal 5 C Normal Channel Single Output Mode 0 01 Hz to 9 99 Hz 500 1 kHz to 1 MHz 5 0 of output Two digits e g 25 mV 0 5 of range Three digits Two digits 10 dB at 1 MHz typical Two digits 1 001 MHz to 2 MHz 31 dB at 2 MHz typical 0 4 V to 5V 10 mV to 330 mV Auxiliary Output Dual Output Mode 0 01 Hz to 9 99 Hz 5 0 of output Three digits 0 5 of range Two digits 1 25 5520A Service Manual 1 26 1 27 AC Voltage Non Sine Wave Sp
250. the table Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed for the Calibrator Mainframe 4 Invert the PM 6680 s frequency reading to derive the period For example a reading of 1 000006345 kHz has a period of 1 1 000006345 kHz 0 999993655 ms Record the period in the table and compare to the tolerance column Table 6 57 Time Marker Verification Calibrator PM 6680 Settings PM 6680 1 PM 6680 Mainframe Reading Reading Tolerance Period Channel Impedance Filter Frequency Period 4 979 s A 50 Q On 25 12 ms 20026 A 509 On 4 050 ms 09985 A 9500 On 1 0300 ms 500ms A 9500 On 262 500 us 200ms A 509 On 45 000 us 100ms A 9500 Off 12 500 us 50 0ms A 9500 Off 3 750 us 200ms A 9500 Off 900 00 ns 10 0ms A 509 Off 350 00 ns 5 00ms A 9500 Off 150 00 ns 2 00 ms A 50 Q Off 54 00 ns 1 00 ms A 50 Q Off 26 00 ns 500us A 509 Off 12 750 ns 200 5 A 509 Off 5 040 ns 6 103 5520A Service Manual 6 104 Calibrator Table 6 57 Time Marker Verification cont PM 6680 Settings PM 6680 1 PM 6680 S Channel Impedance Filter ales 100 5 A 50 Q Off 2 650 ns 50 0 us 50 Q Off 1 287 ns 20 0us A 50 Q Off 506 000 p
251. tion The Hewlett Packard 3458A digital multimeter is setup as a digitizer to measure the peak to peak value of the signal It is set to DCV using various analog to digital integration times and triggering commands to measure the topline and baseline of the square wave signal Setup for Square Wave Measurements By controlling the HP 3458A s integration and sample time it can be used to make accurate repeatable measurements of both the topline and baseline of the square wave signals up to 10 kHz The HP 3458A is triggered by a change in input level The trigger level is set to 1 of the DCV range with ac coupling of the trigger signal The delay after the trigger event is also changed for the of AC Voltage Square Wave and Edge functions See Table 6 42 and Figure 6 19 Table 6 42 AC Square Wave Voltage and Edge Seitings for the HP3458A Voltage HP 3458A Settings Input Frequency NPLC DELAY topline DELAY baseline 10 Hz 1 025 07s 100 Hz al 002 s 007 s 1 kHz 01 0002 s 0007 s 5 kHz 002 00004 s 00014 s 10 kHz 001 00002 s 00007 s Note For this application if making measurements of a signal 1 kHz the HP 3456A has been known to have 05 to 1 peaking in the 100 mV range For these signals lock the HP 3458A to the 1 V range 6 77 5520A Service Manual 6 78 HP 3458A 90300 Cable 5520A SC300 L FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX
252. tion RS 232 1 4 Removing Analog modules 4 3 Rear panel assemblies 4 4 The Encoder A2 and pay PCAs 4 4 The Filter PCA A12 4 4 and Accessing the Output Block 4 4 The Main CPU A9 Reports calibration Index continued Ke uired equipment for calibration and verification resistance specifications 1 11 Resistance Verification 3 39 S SC300 Seealso Calibration 6 65 6 76 Error Message indicating not installed Hardware 1067 Maintenance 6 65 Theory of Operation User s servicing abilities 6 65 Verification 6 83 SC600 See Calibration 6 5 Error Message indicating not installed 6 5 Hardware RER S Maintenance 6 5 Theory of Operation User s servicing abilities Verification SC600 Specifications 6 6 Scope Calibration See SC300 See SC600 Service information specifications 1 6 ac current non sinewave ac current sinewave ac current sinewave extended bandwidth 1 28 ac current squarewave characteristics typical ac current trianglewave characteristics typical 1 31 31 ac power 45 Hz to 65 Hz summary 1 19 ac voltage dc offset 1 27 ac voltage non sinewave 1 26 ac voltage sinewave ac voltage sinewave extended bandwidth 1 25 ac voltage squarewave characteristics ac voltage trianglewave characteristics typical additional 1 23 capacitance dc current 1 9 1 10 dc power summary dc vol
253. tion and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter The 50 Q termination is closest to the HP 3458A input Connect the Calibrator Mainframe TRIG OUT connector to the HP 3458A Ext Trig connector located on the rear of that instrument Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 50 Q The blue softkey under Output toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ Proceed with the following steps 1 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 TRIG EXT and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the topline of the wave form and the DELAY to 0012 for measuring the baseline of the wave form Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step See Table 6 22 2 Enable the Calibrator Mainframe external trigger by toggling the blue softkey under TRIG to 1 3 Measure the topline first as indicated in Table 6 22 For each measurement take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to determine the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements for more details 4 Measure the baseline of each output after the corresponding topline measurement as indicated in Table 6 22 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the result to the tolerance column Table 6 22 AC Voltage Verification at 50
254. tion Setup essent nennen Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions Overview of HP3458A Operation serene Setup for Square Wave Measurements eee DC Voltage Calibration AC Square Wave Voltage Calibration eene Edge Amplitude Calibration eere Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration sss Low Frequency Calibration eee High Frequency Calibration eene ostio EN DC Voltage Verification Verification at 1 Verification 50 6 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification eene Verification at O LS veteb ens Verification at 50 6 63 5520A Service Manual 6 64 6 118 6 119 6 120 6 121 6 122 6 123 6 124 6 125 6 126 6 127 6 128 6 129 6 130 6 131 6 132 6 133 6 134 6 135 6 136 6 137 6 138 6 139 6 140 6 141 6 142 6 143
255. to STBY 6 74 SC600 Hardware Adjustments 6 75 6 76 6 77 Hardware adjustments must be made to the leveled sine and edge functions each time the SC600 is repaired In addition to the adjustment procedures this section provides lists of the required equipment and some recommendations on models that have the capabilities required by these procedures Equivalent models can be substituted if necessary Equipment Required The following equipment is necessary for performing the hardware adjustments described in this section The models listed are recommended for providing accurate results e Standard adjustment tool for adjusting the pots and trimmer caps e Extender Card e Oscilloscope Mainframe and Sampling Head Tektronix 11801 with SD 22 26 or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth e 10dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent e Cable provided with SC600 e Spectrum Analyzer Hewlett Packard 8590A Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function There are two adjustment procedures that need to be made for the leveled sine wave function The first procedure adjusts the balance out of the LO VCO so that the signal is balanced between the two VCOs The second procedure adjusts the harmonics Equipment Setup This procedure uses the spectrum analyzer Before you begin this procedure verify that the Calibrator Mainframe is in leveled sine wave mode the Levsine menu is displayed and program it to output
256. to measure duty cycle on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 5 V at 1 MHz 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize Compare the duty cycle reading to 50 5 6 54 Edge Rise Time Verification This procedure tests the edge function s rise time Aberrations are also checked with the Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope and SD 22 26 sampling head The following equipment is used to verify the edge rise time e High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head 96600 Option 6 Verification e 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 e second BNC cable Connect the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to one BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter then to the DSO s sampling head through the 3 dB attenuator Using the second BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and BNC cable connect the Calibrator Mainframe s TRIG OUT connector to the 11801 s Trigger Input Refer to Figure 6 7 Tek 11801 5520A SC600 With SD26 Sampling Head 3 dB Attenaator 3 5 mm m f aR auxy m ub OU BNC F to 3 5 mm m Adapter
257. to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 3 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 4 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the wave type and voltage listed in Table 6 58 5 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then record the 5790A rms reading for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 58 6 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor listed to convert it to the peak to peak value Compare result to the tolerance column 6 135 Verification at 50 Q 1 Set the Calibrator Mainframe impedance to 50 Q The blue softkey under SCOPE Z toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 2 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 50 Q feedthrough termination then to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 3 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 6 105 5520A Service Manual 4 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the wave type and voltage listed in Table 6 59 5 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then record the 5790A rms reading for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 59 6 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor listed to convert it to the peak to peak value 7 Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistanc
258. ts Output V Normal V Frequency Lower Limit Upper Limit 3 29999 3 00000 119 00 Hz 118 99970 Hz 119 00030 Hz 120 0 Hz 119 99970 Hz 120 00031 Hz 1000 0 Hz 999 9975 Hz 1000 0025 Hz 100 00 kHz 99 999 75 Hz 100 000 25 Hz Frequency accuracy is specified for 1 year 3 55 5520A Service Manual 3 56 static awareness A Message From Fluke Corporation Some semiconductors and custom IC s can be damaged by electrostatic discharge during handling This notice explains how you can o minimize the chances of destroying such devices 5 1 Knowing that there is a problem 2 Leaning the guidelines for handling them 3 Using the procedures packaging and bench techniques that are recommended The following practices should be followed to minimize damage to S S static sensitive devices l T 3 DISCHARGE PERSONAL STATIC BEFORE HANDLING DEVICES USE A HIGH RESIS 1 MINIMIZE HANDLING TANCE GROUNDING WRIST STRAP 2 KEEP PARTS IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS UNTIL READY FOR USE 4 HANDLE S S DEVICES BY THE BODY 5 USE STATIC SHIELDING CONTAINERS FOR 8 WHEN REMOVING PLUG IN ASSEMBLIES HANDLING AND TRANSPORT HANDLE ONLY BY NON CONDUCTIVE EDGES AND NEVER TOUCH OPEN EDGE CONNECTOR EXCEPT AT STATIC FREE WORK STATION PLACING SHORTING STRIPS ON EDGE CONNECTOR HELPS PROTECT INSTALLED S S DEVICES 6 DO NOT SLIDE S S DEVICES OVER ANY SURFACE C 9 HANDLE S S DEVICES ONLY
259. ty tcal cues Stability Poso uuan be ppm of output uV Range 90 days 1 0 to 329 9999 mV 15 1 3 1 0 1 500 0 to 3 299999 V 9 2 241 5 1 10 mA 0 to 32 99999 V 10 20 2 15 10 10 mA 30 V to 329 9999 V 154150 2 5 100 100 5 mA 100 V to 1000 000 VI 15 1500 3 300 1000 5 mA Auxiliary Output dual output mode only 2 0 to 329 999 mV 300 350 400 350 30 100 1 5 mA 0 33V to 3 29999V 300 4 350 400 350 30 100 10 5 mA 3 3Vto7 V 300 350 400 350 30 100 100 5 mA TC Simulate and Measure in Linear 10 uV C and 1 mV C modes 3 0 to 329 999 mV 40 3 5043 5 2 0 1 100 1 Remote sensing is not provided Output resistance is 5 mQ for outputs 2 0 33 V The AUX output has an output resistance of lt 10 TC simulation has an output impedance of 10 O 1 Q 2 Two channels of dc voltage output are provided 3 simulating and measuring are not specified for operation in electromagnetic fields above 0 4 V m Bandwidth 0 1 Hz to Hz p p ppm output floor Auxiliary Output dual output mode only 1 Bandwidth 10 Hz to 10 kHz rms D UV 60 uV 600 uV 20 mV 20 mV 0 to 329 999 mV 0 5nV 20 uV 0 33 V to 0 20 uv 200 3 29 999 V 3 3V to 7V 0 100 uV 1000 1 8 1 Two channels of dc voltage output are provided Introduction and Specifications 1 Specifications 1 11 DC Current Specifications Absolute Uncertainty
260. uare Wave Signal 1 50 O Load 1 MQ Load 50 Q Load 1 MQ Load Amplitude Characteristics Range OVto 6 6V OVto 130V 1 mV to 1 mV to 6 6 V p p 130 V p p Resolution Range Resolution 1 mV to 24 999 mV 1 uV 25 mV to 109 99 mV 10 pV 110 mV to 2 1999 V 100 2 2 V to 10 999 V 1 mV 11 V to 130 V 10 mV Adjustment Range Continuously adjustable 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty 0 25 of 0 05 of 0 25 of 0 1 of teal 5 C output output output 40 output 40 uV 40 uV uV 40 uV 2 Sequence 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV Square Wave Frequency Characteristics Range 10 Hz to 10 kHz 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty 2 5 ppm of setting tcal 5 C Typical Aberration within 4 us from 50 of lt 0 5 of output 100 leading trailing edge 1 Selectable positive or negative zero referenced square wave 2 For square wave frequencies above 1 kHz 0 25 of output 40 uV SC600 Option SC600 Specifications 6 6 5 Edge Specifications Table 6 2 Edge Specifications Edge Characteristics into 50 O Load Rise Time Amplitude Range p p Resolution lt 300 ps 5 0 mV to 2 5 V 4 digits 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 0 ps 100 ps 2 of output 200 uV Adjustment Range Sequence Values Frequency Range 1 Typical Jitter edge to trigger 10 around each sequence value indicated below 5 mV 10 mV 25 mV 50 mV 60 mV 80 mV 100
261. ue to phase uncertainty for values not shown use the following formula Adder 100 1 Cos Cos A For example for a PF of 9205 23 and a phase uncertainty of 0 15 the ac watts power adder is Adder 100 1 Cos 23 15 Cos 23 2 0 1196 1 21 5520A Service Manual 1 22 Calculating Power Uncertainty 1 22 Overall uncertainty for power output in watts or VARs is based on the root sum square rss of the individual uncertainties in percent for the selected voltage current and power factor parameters Watts uncertainty Upower aU ange D wie U pradder VARs uncertainty Uvars JU ui U annt U VARsadder Because there are an infinite number of combinations you should calculate the actual ac power uncertainty for your selected parameters The method of calculation is best shown in the following examples using 90 day specifications Example 1 Output 100 V 1 A 60 Hz Power Factor 1 0 0 1 year specifications Voltage Uncertainty Uncertainty for 100 V at 60 Hz is 150 ppm 2 mV totaling 100 V x 190 x 10 15 mV added to 2 mV 17 mV Expressed in percent 17 mV 100 V x 100 0 017 see AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications Current Uncertainty Uncertainty for 1 A is 0 036 100 uA totaling 1 A x 0 00036 360 uA added to 100 LA 0 46 mA Expressed in percent 0 46 mA 1 A x 100 0 046 see AC Current Sine Waves Specifications
262. ug as shown in Figure 3 4 Attach the wires directly to the DMM binding posts Set the DMM to read de millivolts Enter the measured value into the UUT for step 1 in Table 3 7 as prompted Disconnect the test equipment Connect a Type J thermocouple to the TC terminals on the UUT and immerse the thermocouple and a precision mercury thermometer in a mineral oil lag bath that is within 2 C of ambient temperature The test setup is shown in Figure 3 5 Wait at least 3 minutes for the temperature readings to stabilize then read the temperature on the mercury thermometer and enter it into the UUT Table 3 7 Calibration Steps for Thermocouple Measurement 5520A Output AUX HI LO 300 mV dc NORMAL Enter temperature read from mercury thermometer as prompted Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR HP3458A NORMAL AUX SCOPE V 0 4 RTD A 0 SENSE AUX V Attach wires directly to A binding posts f 20V PK MAX C PK MAX AN yg105f eps Figure 3 4 Connections for Calibrating Thermocouple Sourcing f Mercury Thermometer Thermocouple Mineral Oil Dewar Flask Lag Bath and Cap yg004f eps Figure 3 5 Connections for Calibrating Thermocouple Measuring 3 9 DC Current Calibration The equipment li
263. uld typically be greater than or equal to 39 dBc as shown in Figure 6 29 To adjust the harmonics adjust R8 as shown in Figure 6 29 until the peaks of the second and third harmonic are at the correct dB level You may find that you can place the second harmonic at 34 dBc but the third harmonic is less than 39 dBc If this is the case continue adjusting R8 until the third harmonic is at 39dBc and the second harmonic is greater than or equal to 34dBc The second harmonic will fluctuate but there is a point at which both harmonics will be at the correct decibel level SC300 Option 6 SC300 Hardware Adjustments 6 141 6 142 6 143 2nd harmonic 3rd harmonic yg127f eps Figure 6 29 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Adjustments need to be made after repair to the edge function to adjust the edge aberrations Equipment Setup The following equipment is needed for this procedure e Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with SD22 26 input module or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth e 20 dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 20 SMA or Weinschel 18W 20 or equivalent Output cable provided with the SC300 Before you begin this procedure verify that the SC300 is in the edge mode the Edge menu is displayed and program it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Press to activate the output Refer to Figure 6 22 for the proper setup connections and connect the Calibrat
264. unplug all the cables going to the front panel One of these cables is fastened by a cable tie that must be cut then replaced with a new one when reassembling Remove the two front handles by removing the six Allen screws from the handles 4 Remove the front panel The Encoder PCA A2 and display pcas are now accessible Removing the Keyboard and Accessing the Output Block To remove the keyboard and access the output block proceed as follows 1 Do all four steps of the previous procedure 2 Unlatch the plastic catches that fasten the front panel together 3 Remove the four Phillips screws that are around the output block 4 Remove the output cables 5 Separate the two main parts of the front panel Maintenance 4 Access Procedures Figure 4 1 Exploded View of Rear Panel Assemblies 4 5 5520A Service Manual 4 6 Figure 4 2 Exploded View of Front Panel Assemblies om017f eps Maintenance Diagnostic Testing 4 9 4 10 4 11 Diagnostic Testing 5520A internal software provides extensive self testing capabilities In case of a malfunction this is an excellent place to begin testing to isolate a faulty module Note Self tests should only be run after the 5520A has completed its warm up Access the diagnostics menu as follows Press followed by UTILITY FUNCTNS and SELF TEST The menu presents the following choices e DIAG Runs internal diagnostic
265. ve Flatness Verification 6 61 Leveled Sine Wave flatness verification is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 MHz low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 600 MHz high frequency The equipment setups are different for each band Leveled Sine Wave flatness is measured relative to 50 kHz This is determined directly in the low frequency band The high frequency band requires a transfer measurement be made at 10 MHz to calculate a flatness relative to 50 kHz Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness All low frequency flatness procedures use the following equipment e 5790A 03 AC Measurement Standard with Wideband option e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the 5790A WIDEBAND input with the BNC f to Type N m adapter as shown in Figure 6 10 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on yg034f eps Figure 6 10 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard 6 62 Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness 6 44 All high frequency flatness procedures use the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 437B Power Meter e Hewlett Packard 8482A and 8481D Power Sensors e BNC f to Type N f
266. vice Manual 6 80 6 106 6 107 Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading insuring proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 5 Repeat step 4 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that WAVEGEN CAL is the next step Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants Edge Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 e 50 Q feedthrough termination Refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper setup connections Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure fast edge amplitude Then follow these steps to calibrate edge amplitude 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measur
267. vice centers is available on the Fluke web site In the event that the part ordered has been replaced by a new or improved part the replacement will be accompanied by an explanatory note and installation instructions if necessary To ensure prompt delivery of the correct part include the following information when you place an order e Instrument model and serial number e Part number and revision level of the pca printed circuit assembly containing the part e Reference designator e Fluke stock number e Description as given under the Description heading e Quantity 5 3 5520A Service Manual 5 4 Table 5 1 Chassis Assembly Reference Description Fluke Total Designator P Stock No Quantity E PCB KEYBOARD 760868 E 1 A3 PCA SUB ASSY MOTHERBOARD 626694 A5 PCA SYNTHESIZED IMPEDANCE 626892 1 A6 PCA DDS 626900 1 A7 PCA CURRENT 626918 1 A8 PCA SUB ASSY VOLTAGE 626710 1 A9 PCA MAIN CPU 626934 1 BT1 BATTERY LITHIUM 3 0V 0 560AH 821439 1 H1 12 SCREW CAP SCKT SS 8 32 375 295105 12 H13 20 SCREW FHU P LOCK MAG 55 6 82 320093 8 H21 28 H78 81 SCREW FHU P LOCK MAG 55 6 82 320093 12 H58 69 SCREW PH P LOCK SS 6 32 500 320051 12 E A12 PCA SUB ASSY FILTER 626736 1 H82 89 SCREW PH P LOCK STL 6 32 250 152140 8 MP
268. w these steps to verify the leveled sine wave amplitude 1 Setthe PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 O impedance 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the PM 6680 at the channel indicated in Table 6 53 You will need the BNC N adapter for the connection to Channel C Set the filter on the PM 6680 as indicated in the table 4 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output as listed in Table 6 53 Press oPR on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 5 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 53 6 96 SC300 Option Verification Table 6 53 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Calibrator Mainframe PM 6680 Settings PM 6680 Reading Frequency Channel Filter Frequency To erance Output 5 5 V p p 50 On 1 25 Hz 500 kHz A Off 12 5 Hz 5 MHz A Off 125 0 Hz 50 MHz A Off 1250 Hz 500 MHz C Off 12500 Hz 6 126 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 8590A Spectrum Analyzer e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 24 for proper setup connections HP 8590A 5520A SC300 FLUKE 5520A CALIBRATOR BNC F to Type N M Adapter
269. wer detector which maintains amplitude flatness across the frequency range The signal is then passed to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel 96600 Option Theory of Operation 6 6 22 6 23 6 24 6 25 6 26 Time Marker Mode There are 3 primary ranges of time marker operation 5 s to 20 ms 10 ms to 2 us and 1 us to 2 ns The 5 s to 20 ms markers are generated on the A6 DDS board and are passed to the A50 board The signal path is also split to drive the external trigger circuitry on the A50 board If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal passing through the A50 board is connected to the attenuator assembly The signal is then passed to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The 10 ms to 2 us markers are derived from a square wave signal that is generated on the A6 board and passed to the A50 board for wave shaping and external trigger generation If the trigger is turned on the signal is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal is passed from the A50 board to the attenuator assembly and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The 1 us to 2 ns markers are generated from the leveled sine wave generator on the A50 board This signal is also split to drive the external trigger circuits If the trigger is turned on the signal is then connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The other path routes the si
270. y Set HP 8590A stop frequency to 10 times the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency Set the HP 8590A reference level at 19 dBm 4 Record the harmonic level reading for each frequency and harmonic listed in Table 6 31 For harmonics 3 4 and 5 record the highest harmonic level of the three measured Harmonics should be below the levels listed in the tolerance column of Table 6 31 6 42 96600 Option 6 Verification Table 6 31 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Calibrator Mainframe Output Frequency Harmonic HP 8590A Reading dB Tolerance 5 5 V p p 50kHz 2 33 dB 50 kHz 45 46 dB 100 kHz 2 33 dB 100 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 200 kHz 2 33 dB 200 kHz 345 38 dB 400 kHz 2 33 dB 400 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 800 kHz 2 33 dB 800 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 1 MHz 2 33 dB 1 MHz 45 38 dB 2 MHz 2 33 dB 2 MHz 45 38 dB TIT 4 MHz 2 38 dB 4 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 8 MHz 2 33 dB 8 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 10 MHz 2 33 dB 10 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 20 MHz E 33 dB 20 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 40 MHz 2 33 dB 40 MHz 8 4 5 38 dB 80 MHz 2 33 dB 80 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 100 MHz 2 33 dB 100 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 200 MHz 2 33 dB 200 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 400 MHz 2 33 dB 400 MHz 8 4 5 38 dB 600 MHz 2 33 dB 600 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB i 6 45 5520A Service Manual 6 60 Leveled Sine Wa
271. z 5 10 5 0 V 10 Hz 12 60 5 0 V 10 kHz 12 60 10 0 V 10 kHz 25 10 20 0 V 10 kHz 50 10 50 0 V 10 Hz 125 10 50 0 V 100 Hz 125 10 50 0 V 1 kHz 125 10 50 0 V 10 kHz 125 10 105 0 V 100 Hz 262 60 105 0 V 1 kHz 262 60 5520A Service Manual 6 88 6 117 Verification at 50 For the 50 verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe the external 50 O termination and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter The 50 O termination is closest to the HP 3458A input Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 50 Q The blue softkey under Output Z toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ Proceed with the following steps 1 Set the HP 3458A to the values shown in Table 6 42 Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 2 Measure the topline first as indicated in Table 6 46 For each measurement take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to determine the average or mean value See Setup for Square Wave Measurements for more details 3 Measure the baseline of each output after the corresponding topline measurement as indicated in Table 6 46 The pe

Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents